‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﻳﻴﺲﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪631‬‬

‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪0‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮﺩﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫‪1B‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫‪nezamfanni.ir‬‬
‫‪2B‬‬

‫‪http://coastseng.pmo.ir‬‬

‫‪1392‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻤﻪﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻌﺎون ر ی و ﻈﺎرت را ﺮدی ر ﺲ ﻮر‬
‫‪92/27292‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎره‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﺸﺎور و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎران‬
‫‪  1392/04/02‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‪  :‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ‪ :‬دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ دوم‪ -‬ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻨﺎد ﻣﺎده )‪ (23‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ و ﺑﻮدﺟﻪ و ﻣﻮاد )‪ (6‬و )‪ (7‬آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳـﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺮحﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﺮاﻧﻲ‪ -‬ﻣﺼـﻮب ﺳـﺎل ‪ 1352‬و در ﭼـﺎرﭼﻮب ﻧﻈـﺎم ﻓﻨـﻲ و اﺟﺮاﻳـﻲ ﻛﺸـﻮر )ﻣﻮﺿـﻮع‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪/42339‬ت‪33497‬ﻫـ ﻣﻮرخ ‪ 1385/4/20‬ﻫﻴﺄت ﻣﺤﺘﺮم وزﻳـﺮان(‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ 631‬اﻣﻮر ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮان »دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ دوم‪-‬‬

‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ« از ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮوه دوم اﺑﻼغ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ‪ 1392/7/1‬ﺑﻪ اﺟﺮا درآﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآور ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎت اﺑﻼﻏﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮوه دوم ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (2‬ﻣﺎده )‪ (7‬آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﻃﺮحﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﺮاﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮاردي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮرد و ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط در ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﻨﻲ اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﻣﻔﺎد آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ و در ﺣﺪود ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ در آن‬
‫ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎر‪ ،‬ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻣﻮر ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﻨﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎوﻧﺖ در ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻔﺎد ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‪ ،‬درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻈﺮات و ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات‬
‫اﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻮده و ﻋﻬﺪهدار اﻋﻼم اﺻﻼﺣﺎت ﻻزم ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ادواري ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺑﻬﺮوز ﻣﺮادي‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ش ش‪30708 :‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﻳـﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬـﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳـﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨـﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳـﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈـﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻧﻤـﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻏﻠﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻬﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺻﻤﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣ ﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻ ـﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣ ﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻧ ﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗـﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺘﻀـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻤـﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺩﺍﺷـﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺸـﺎﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻨﺎﺑﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧ ﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑ ﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺎ ﻡ ﻓﻨﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﻲﻋﻠﻲﺷﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ ،33271‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﻳﻴﺲ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Email: info@nezamfanni.ir‬‬ ‫‪web: Nezamfanni.ir‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‪ -‬ﻣ ﻌﺎﻭﻧ ﺖ ﺗﻮ ﺳ ﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗ ﺠﻬﻴ ﺰ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ‪ -‬ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻬﻨ ﺪ ﺳﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺩﻙ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪Email: cped@pmo.ir‬‬ ‫‪web: coastseng.pmo.ir‬‬

 ‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎر‬

‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ و ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻣﻜﺎنﺳﻨﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﺟﺮاي‬
‫ﻃﺮحﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﻃﺮحﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ارﺗﻘﺎي ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻳﻲ و ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ از اﻫﻤﻴﺖ وﻳﮋه‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮردار اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﻨﻲ و اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﻃﺮحﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﻠﻚ داراﻳﻲ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪاي ﻛﺸﻮر‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
‫‪/42339‬ت‪33497‬ﻫـ ﻣﻮرخ ‪ 1385/4/20‬ﻫﻴﺄت ﻣﺤﺘﺮم وزﻳﺮان و آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻣﺎده ‪ 23‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮن‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ و ﺑﻮدﺟﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻪﻛﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ و ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﻓﻨﻲ در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﺮحﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻔﺎد ﻣﺎده ‪ 23‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ و ﺑﻮدﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎوﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي و ﻧﻈﺎرت راﻫﺒﺮدي ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و اﺑﻼغ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ و ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻃﺮحﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﺮاﻧﻲ ﻛﺸﻮر اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻮع و ﮔﺴﺘﺮدﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺮحﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﺮاﻧﻲ و اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺨﺼﺼﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﻃﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎن اﺧﻴﺮ در ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ اﻳﻦﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺪارك ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫از ﺗﻮاﻧﻤﻨﺪي دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺎس و ﺑﺎ اﻋﻼم ﻟﺰوم ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ 300‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮان‬
‫»آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻨﺎدر و ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي درﻳﺎﻳﻲ اﻳﺮان« و آﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮان دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎر ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﺪد دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ و راﻫﺒﺮي ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي ﺑﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫رﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي در راﺳﺘﺎي وﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ و ﺣﺎﻛﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﺧﻮد در ﺳﻮاﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎدر و آﺑﺮاهﻫﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮر ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻨﺎدر ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺪور ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﻮز ﺳﺎﺧﺖوﺳﺎز درﻳﺎﻳﻲ و ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت‬
‫و ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ در ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻮاﺣﻞ و ﺑﻨﺎدر ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﺶ و ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎزي ﺳﻮاﺣﻞ ﻛﺸﻮر‪ ،‬ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬
‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎي درﻳﺎﻳﻲ و ﻃﺮح ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﻮر )‪ (ICZM‬و ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻳﺠﺎد زﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﺣﺪاث ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ و ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت درﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ و ﺑﺎ دوام در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺸﻮر ﻻزم دﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ وﻳﮋه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد و در اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ را ﺑﻪﻋﻬﺪه ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫آن ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﻛﺎر ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻜﺎري ﭘﺮدﻳﺲ داﻧﺸﻜﺪهﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﺮان‬
‫ﺑﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم رﺳﺎﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ از دﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎن و ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﺸﺎور‪ ،‬ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﺧﻮاﻫﻲ ادواري و اﺻﻼﺣﺎت آن‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬اﻣﻮر ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﻨﻲ‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎوﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪرﻳﺰي و ﻧﻈﺎرت راﻫﺒﺮدي ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎري در ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ اﻗﺪام ﻧﻤﻮد‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻳﺠﺎد ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ و ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ در ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺎرت و‬
‫اﺟﺮاي ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ و ﭘﺮوژهﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺿﻮع آن دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ اﺻﻮل‪ ،‬روشﻫﺎ و ﻓﻨﺎوريﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي و ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ و ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎت ﻛﺸﻮر ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬
‫ﺑﺎزﺧﻮردﻫﺎي درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎت ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ ،300‬دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎ و ﻣﺘﻮن ﻓﻨﻲ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺷﻮد و در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ و ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﺒﻮده از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻮن‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ و آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ و ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺑﺴﻂ و ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ داﻧﺶ ﻓﻨﻲ و اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آن ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﭘﺮوژهﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮاي دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎ و ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻻزماﻻﺟﺮا ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﺳﺘﻔﺎدهﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫اﻣﺮوزه ﺣﺪود ‪ 90‬درﺻﺪ ﻣﺒﺎدﻻت ﺗﺠﺎرت ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ درﻳﺎﻫﺎ و ﻛﺸﺘﻴﺮاﻧﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد و ﻧﻘﺶ و اﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻨﺎدر ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﺣﻤﻞوﻧﻘﻞ درﻳﺎﻳﻲ در ﭘﺎﺳﺦﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ اﻋﻢ از ﻛﺎﻻ و ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪ .‬در‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎي ﻫﻤﺠﻮار ﺑﺎ درﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮاﺣﻞ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮان ﻛﺎﻧﻮن ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎي اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي اﻋﻢ از ﺗﺠﺎرت‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻌﺖ و ﺣﻤﻞوﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺎﻻ و ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮدﺷﮕﺮي و ﺷﻴﻼت و ﭘﺮورش آﺑﺰﻳﺎن ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و در ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺎل ﻓﺮﺻﺖﻫﺎي اﻳﺪهآﻟﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ‬
‫اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي و ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬاريﻫﺎي ﻛﻼن ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎزد‪ .‬وﺟﻮد ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ‪ 5800‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮل ﺳﻮاﺣﻞ ﻛﺸﻮر ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻲ دﻫﻪﻫﺎي اﺧﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬاريﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ و ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ و درﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮد و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ در ﻋﻠﻤﻲ و ﻓﻨﻲ و اﺟﺮاﺋﻲ در زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻨﺎدر‪ ،‬اﺣﺪاث ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻮجﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬اﺳﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬اﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات درﻳﺎﻳﻲ و ﺑﻨﺪري و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ و ﻓﺮاﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﺮدد اﻳﻤﻦ ﺷﻨﺎورﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‪ .‬رﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻓﻨﻲ و اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ اﺣﺪاث اﻧﻮاع ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ و‬
‫ﻓﺮاﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ درﻳﺎ و ﺻﺮف ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻫﻨﮕﻔﺖ اﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ و ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ اﻫﺘﻤﺎم وﻳﮋه ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ و ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺿﺮوري ﻣﻲﺳﺎزد‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ‪ 11‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪاي ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ 631‬ﺑﺨﺶ دوم از آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ را ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ 641‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ اول‪ :‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪630‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ دوم‪ :‬ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪631‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻮم‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪632‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭼﻬﺎرم‪ :‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪633‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ :‬ﭘﻲﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪634‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎلﻫﺎي ﻧﺎوﺑﺮي و ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪635‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺑﻨﺎدر‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪636‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي )ﻣﻬﺎر(‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪637‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻨﺪر‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪638‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ دﻫﻢ‪ :‬اﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪639‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻳﺎزدﻫﻢ‪ :‬اﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪640‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪641‬‬
‫ب‬
‫اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﻫﻮن ﺗﻼش و زﺣﻤﺎت ﻋﺪه ﻛﺜﻴﺮي از ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎن‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐﻧﻈﺮان و ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎن‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﺑﻮده و ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﻄﻔﻲ در ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎر ﻣﻲرود‪ .‬اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اذﻋﺎن داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮبﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ و ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪاي و ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬاريﻫﺎ و‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺮوژهﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻨﻮع‪ ،‬اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎت و ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت ﮔﺴﺘﺮدهﺗﺮي در اﻳﻦ ﺣﻮزه و اﻳﺠﺎد ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪروز رﺳﺎﻧﻲ و ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺖ داﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ و ﺗﺸﻜﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬آﻗﺎي دﻛﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺴﺮو ﺑﺮﮔﻲ‪ -‬ﻣﺠﺮي ﻃﺮح از داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﺮان‪ ،‬آﻗﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺳﻴﺪ ﻋﻄﺎاﻟﻪ ﺻﺪر‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎون وزﻳﺮ و ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬آﻗﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪس‬
‫رﻣﻀﺎن ﻋﺮب ﺳﺎﻻري‪ -‬ﺳﺮﭘﺮﺳﺖ وﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﺎوﻧﺖ ﻓﻨﻲ و ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‪ ،‬آﻗﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻋﻠﻴﺮﺿﺎ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﻳﻲ‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎون ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎدر‪ ،‬آﻗﺎي ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻣﺤﻤﺪرﺿﺎ اﻟﻬﻴﺎر‪ -‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻛﻞ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻮاﺣﻞ و ﺑﻨﺎدر ﻫﻤﮕﻲ از ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي‪ ،‬آﻗﺎي‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻏﻼﻣﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﺰه ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻮي‪ -‬رﻳﻴﺲ اﻣﻮر ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﻨﻲ‪ ،‬اﺳﺎﺗﻴﺪ داﻧﺸﮕﺎهﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ و ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎن ﺷﺮﻛﺖﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎور و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎران ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮي در ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ و اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻈﺮات ﺗﺨﺼﺼﻲ و ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ داﺷﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ ﺗﺸﻜﺮ ﺧﻮد را از ﻫﻤﮕﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻋﺰﻳﺰان اﺑﺮاز ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻣﻴﺪ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻼش ﺻﻮرت ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ در اﻳﺠﺎد اﻳﻦ اﺛﺮ ﺑﺎ ارزش ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮان ﮔﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ در راﺳﺘﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪار و اﻋﺘﻼي ﻋﻠﻤﻲ و‬
‫ﻓﻨﺎوري ﻛﺸﻮر ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎور‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎران و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﻗﺮار ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎون ﻧﻈﺎرت راﻫﺒﺮدي‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎر ‪1392‬‬

‫پ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ دوم – ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ]ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪  [631‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺮي و ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ‪:‬‬

‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﺮان‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺮو ﺑﺮﮔﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮوه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺮوف اﻟﻔﺒﺎ‪:‬‬
‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﺮان‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﺧﺴﺮو ﺑﺮﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﺸﺎور‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻴﺪ ﺟﻨﺪﻗﻲ ﻋﻼﻳﻲ‬
‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ اﻣﻴﺮﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ اﻛﺒﺮ رﻣﻀﺎﻧﻴﺎﻧﭙﻮر‬
‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺧﻮاﺟﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺮاﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﺳﻲ‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﭙﻮر‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت آب‪ -‬وزارت ﻧﻴﺮو‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫رﺿﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎن‬
‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﺮان‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺮوز ﮔﺘﻤﻴﺮي‬
‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﺗﻬﺮان‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪ رﺳﻮل ﻣﻴﺮﻗﺎدري‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و اﻇﻬﺎرﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﺸﺎور‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺑﻚ ﺑﻨﻲﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻀﻲ ﺑﻴﻚﻟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت درﻳﺎﻳﻲ اﻳﺮان‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻃﺎﻫﺮي ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﺸﺎور‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺮوز ﻋﺴﮕﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﺸﺎور‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎن ﻋﻠﻮي‬
‫داﻧﺸﮕﺎه ﮔﻴﻼن‬ ‫دﻛﺘﺮاي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮاﺣﻤﺪ ﻟﺸﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ارﺷﺪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﺸﺎور‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮدي زﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ و راﻫﺒﺮي‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﻋﻄﺎءاﻟﻪ ﺻﺪر‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ارﺷﺪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﺮﺿﺎ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ارﺷﺪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪرﺿﺎ اﻟﻪﻳﺎر‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ارﺷﺪ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻚ درﻳﺎ‬ ‫رﺿﺎ ﺳﻬﺮاﺑﻲ ﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻤﻲ زﺑﺎن‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻗﻴﺎن‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ارﺷﺪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺪم‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ارﺷﺪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﺮان ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻨﺎدر و درﻳﺎﻧﻮردي‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺮﻧﮓ ﻧﻴﺮوﻣﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ اﺑﻼغ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎون اﻣﻮر ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﺮﺿﺎ ﺗﻮﺗﻮﻧﭽﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﭘﺮوژه در اﻣﻮر ﻧﻈﺎم ﻓﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﻴﺪرﺿﺎ ﺧﺎﺷﻌﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ – ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ -1-1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪5 .............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ – ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ‪11 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ‪24 ........................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-2-2‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪24 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-2‬ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪25 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-2-2-2‬ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪25 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-2-2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪27 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-2-2-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ‪31 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-2-2-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪33 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-2-2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪34 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-3-2-2‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪34 ...... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-2-2‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪35 ..... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-2-2‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪36 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-3-2-2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪38 ............................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -5-3-2-2‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ‪40 .. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-2-2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ‪40 .................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ – ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫‪ -1-3‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪45 ........................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-3‬ﺑﺎﺩ‪46 .. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-3‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ‪50 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ – ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪55 ........................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-1-4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ‪55 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-1-4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪55 .... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-1-4‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪58 .............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-3-1-4‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪58 ...... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-1-4‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪63 ....... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-1-4‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪65 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺙ‬
‫‪ -2-4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪69 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-2-4‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ‪69... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ‪70 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-4‬ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‪71 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-3-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪71 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-4‬ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪72 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-4‬ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ‪78 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-4‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪80 ... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -5-4‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪83 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-5-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪83 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-5-4‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪83 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-5-4‬ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪89 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-3-5-4‬ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ‪89 ....... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-5-4‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ‪107 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-5-4‬ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪108.... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-4-5-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪108... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-4-5-4‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ‪112 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-4-5-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ‪112 ........................... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -5-5-4‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪116 ...... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -6-5-4‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪117... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -6-4‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪126 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-6-4‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪126 .... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-6-4‬ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪132.. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-6-4‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪140 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -7-4‬ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ‪141 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-7-4‬ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪141..... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-7-4‬ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ‪144. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -8-4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪144. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -9-4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ‪146 ............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-9-4‬ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ‪146 .............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-9-4‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ‪146 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -10-4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ‪147 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ – ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-5‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪155 ......................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺝ‬
‫‪ -2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ‪156 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-2-5‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪156 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ‪156 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-2-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪156 ... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪163 ... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-2-5‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪165 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪169 ......... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -5-2-5‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪171 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -6-2-5‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪172 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -7-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ‪172 ........ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-7-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ‪172 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-7-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ‪173 ............................... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -8-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪173 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-5‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪174 .............................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-3-5‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ‪174 . ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-5‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ‪183 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ‪187 ................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-4-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪187 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-4-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ‪189 ....................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -5-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ‪191 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-5-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ‪191 ..................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ – ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﺏ‬

‫‪ -1-6‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ‪197 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ ‪198 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-6‬ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ‪200 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-6‬ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ‪203 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -5-6‬ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪207 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -6-6‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ‪211 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ – ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ -1-7‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪217 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-7‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ‪218 ......................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-7‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪220 ................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫چ‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ – ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ -1-8‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪225 ......................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪227.. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-8‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪231 .............................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻬﻢ – ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -1-9‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪237 ......................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻫﻢ – ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ -1-10‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪247 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-10‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‪258 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-10‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ‪262 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ – ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫‪ -1-11‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ژﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ‪269 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-1-11‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ‪269 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-1-11‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪270 ............................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-1-11‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪271 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ ‪271 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-2-11‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪271 ....................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-11‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ ‪271 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-2-11‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪272 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ ‪273 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-3-11‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ‪273 ....................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪274 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-11‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‪278 ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-11‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪283 ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ N‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -5-11‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ‪284 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................ SPT‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -6-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ ‪286 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-6-11‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ‪286 .... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-6-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ‪289.... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ – ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ -1-12‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪293 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-12‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ‪294..... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ‪296 . ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺡ‬
‫‪ -4-12‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ‪297 ............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -5-12‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ‪303 ............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -6-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ‪307 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ – ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ -1-13‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪311 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-13‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ‪311 ............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-13‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ‪317 ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ – ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫‪ -1-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪321 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ‪321 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-2-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ‪321 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪323 ......................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ‪324 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-3-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ‪324 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ‪327 . ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-14‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ‪328 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ‪329 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-4-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪329 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-4-4‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ‪330 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ – ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-15‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪335 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-15‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ‪335 . ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ‪336 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪336 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ‪336 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ‪337 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ ‪337 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ‪338 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -1-4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ‪338 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -2-4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ‪338 ..... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -3-4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ‪338 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫‪ -4-4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭ ‪338 ........................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺥ‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ – ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫‪ -1-16‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪343 ...................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻒ ‪ -‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -1-‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ‪347 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -2-‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ‪347 ............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -3-‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪349 ............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -1-‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ‪355 ....................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -2-‬ﮔﻞﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪355 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -3-‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪355..... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪361 ............................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﻭﺍژﻩﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪377 ........................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬

‫ﺩ‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -1-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪13 ......... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -2-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ‪15 ........................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -3-2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ‪16 ............................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -4-2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ ‪17 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -5-2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ ‪20 .. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -6-2‬ﺕ( ‪22 ........................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ TEU – DWT‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -7-2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ ‪22 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -8-2‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪29 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -9-2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ‪41 .... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -10-2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ‪48 ................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -11-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ α‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ ‪62 ....................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -12-2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ‪ HMAX‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪64 ..... ................................ ................................ H1/3‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -13-2‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ‪81 ............... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -14-2‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪106 ............................. ................................ ................................ ................................ θ ′‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -15-2‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻧﺮﺥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪133 ......................... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -16-2‬ﻣﺮﺯ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ‪138 ....... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -16-2‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ )‪ (M3/M.S‬ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ‪138 ...... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -18-2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪150 ............................... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -19-2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ S‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ‪178 ........... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -20-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ‪190 .......................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -21-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ‪208 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -22-2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪219 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -23-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ‪228 ......................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -24-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ A‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ‪255 ...................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -25-2‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‪269 .............................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -25-2‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‪) -‬ﺏ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ( ‪270 .................. ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -26-2‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪270 .... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -26-2‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪271 ....................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -27-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪273 ......................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -28 -2‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ‪285 .............................. ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -29-2‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪295 .....‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -30-2‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭘﺲﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ‪296 ............................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺫ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -31-2‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ‪296 ........... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -32-2‬ﭘﻬﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ‪297..... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -33-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪297....... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -34-2‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪298 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -35-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ‪298 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -36-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪300 .......................... ................................ 75‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -37-2‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ‪305 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -38-2‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪﺧﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪314 ............. ................................ I-IV‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -39-2‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪335 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -40-2‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪336 ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -41-2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻑ ‪337 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -42-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ ‪339 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -43-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ ‪343 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -44-2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺏ ‪355 .................. ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺭ‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -1 -2‬ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪13 .............................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -2 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪27 .. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -3 -2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ‪28 .......................... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -4 -2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﺰﺭگ ‪28 ....... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -5 -2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪29 ........... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -6 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪30 ...... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -7 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪30 .... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -8 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ژﻳﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪32 ...... ................................ (1969 ،Myers‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -9 -2‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪32 .............................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -10 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪40 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ C‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ - 11 -2‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ )ﻛﻢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ( ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩ )ﭘﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ( ‪47 ....... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -12- 2‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪50 .......................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -13 -2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ‪56 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -14 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ‪ (η c ) max H max‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪61 ............................ ................................H1/3/h‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -15 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ‪ Smax‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪66 ................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -16 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ Smax‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ‪67 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -17 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ Tz‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪69 ...........‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -18 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪74 . ................................ ................................ ................................ S-M-B‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -19 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ‪) H1/3-t-F-T1/3‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪77 ................................ ................................ ................................ ((1965) Wilson‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -20 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ‪ H1/3-F-CG‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ )ﺭﻭﺵ ‪78 .............................. ................................ (Sakamoto-Ijima‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -21 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ‪79 ........ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -22 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻃﺮﺡﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪84 ....... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -23 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ‪86 .............. ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -24 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ‪86 ....... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -25 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ‪88 ............ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -26 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ pα‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ‪88 ............................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -27- 2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻚﻓﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪89 ............................ (B/L = 5‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪-28 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ (θ=90°‬ﻭ ‪91 ... ................................ ................................ Smax=10‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -29 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 1‬ﻭ ‪94 ...................... ................................ Smax=10‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -30 -2‬ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ‪ B′‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪106 ........................... ................................ ................................ θ ′‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -31 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ )‪109 ................. (Osaki, 1965‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -32 -2‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪111 .............................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -33 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ‪114 .................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -34 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ‪115 ...................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -35 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ‪116 .................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -36 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ ‪117... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -37 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪118 ................... ................................ 1:10‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -38 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪121 ............... ................................ 1:10‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -39 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪124. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -40 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ‪124 ............. ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -41 -2‬ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ‪125 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -42 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ‪ hR‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ‪129 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -43 -2‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ‪129 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -44 -2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ‪130..... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -45 -2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪130.......‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -46 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ )ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ(‪131.. ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -47 -2‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪132 ............................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -48 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪134 ............... ................................ (1:30‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -49 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪135 ............... ................................ (1:10‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -50 -2‬ﺷﻨﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪136 ............................... (1:30‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -51 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪137... ................................ (1:10‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -52 -2‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪139....... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -53 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪140 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -54 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪142 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................ (1:10‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -55 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪142 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................ (1:100‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -56 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪143 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -57 -2‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ‪143 ........................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -59 -2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ‪145 ....................... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -60 -2‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﭘﻼﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ‪148 ............ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -61 -2‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪150 ........................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -62 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪159 ........................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -63 -2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ‪159 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................ β‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -64 -2‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪163 .......................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -65 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪164 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -66 -2‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ( ‪167 . ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -67 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪168 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................ αI1‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ژ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -68 -2‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ H1/20‬ﺑﻪ ‪) H1/3‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ H1/20‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 5H1/3‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ( ‪179 .......... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -69 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪180 ................. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ P‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -70 -2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ‪180 ..................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ A‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -71 -2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ‪185 ............................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -72 -2‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‪185 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -73 -2‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪191 ....................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -74 -2‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪198 ....... ................................ ................................ IPCC‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -75 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ‪200 ......... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -76 -2‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ‪204 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -77 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‪207 ............................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -78 -2‬ﺭﻳﺨﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪208 ............................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -79 -2‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ‪210 ............................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -80 -2‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ‪210 ............. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -81 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻃﺮﺡﻛﻠﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ‪212 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -82 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪213 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -83 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪226 ............................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -84 -2‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪231 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -85 -2‬ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ‪237 .............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -86 -2‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ‪239 .......................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -87 -2‬ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ‪248 ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -88 -2‬ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪249 ............................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -89 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺤﻮﻩﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ‪250 ...................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -90 -2‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ‪252 ................... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -91 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ‪253 ....... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -92 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ‪254 ........ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -93 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‪256 .............................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -94 -2‬ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻂﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ‪257 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -95 -2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ‪257 .. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -96 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ‪258 ... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -97 -2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂﺣﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﭼﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ‪259 ...................... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -98 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪260 ... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -99 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪260 ......... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -100 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪261 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -101 -2‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ‪262 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺱ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -102 -2‬ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ‪263 ..... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -103 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ‪265 .......................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -104 -2‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪272 ........... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -105 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ e-log p‬ﺧﺎﻙ ‪275 ................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -106 -2‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻢﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ‪277 .......... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -107 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪277 ..................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -108 -2‬ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‪278.. ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -109 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ‪282 .......................... ................................ ................................ ................................ cu/p‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -110 -2‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻭ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪283...... ................................ ................................ (Meyerhof) N‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -111 -2‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ‪-‬ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ‪286 ............... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -112 -2‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ‪287... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -113 -2‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ‪288 ............................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -114 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‪301.. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -115 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪302 ............................... SMAC‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -116 -2‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺴﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪303 ............. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -117 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ )‪312 .............................. ................................ ................................ (Uc≥3.5‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -118 -2‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻻﻳﻪﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪314 ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -119 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪315 ............................. ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -120 -2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪316 ....... ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -121 -2‬ﻃﺮﺡﻛﻠﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ ‪322 ......... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -122 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ( ‪326 ......................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -123 -2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ‪329 .................. ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -124 -2‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪330 ................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -125 -2‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ‪ 32‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﭘﺘﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﻪ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ ‪347 ............................. ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -126 -2‬ﮔﻞﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﭘﺘﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﻪ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ ‪348 ........................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -127 -2‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ‪348 ......................... ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ )ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ(ﺷﺪﻩ ‪349....... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫ٴ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -128 -2‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -129 -2‬ﮔﻠﺒﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﭘﺘﻴﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﭼﺎﺑﻬﺎﺭ ‪350 ................. ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -130 -2‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ 1000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪350.. ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -131 -2‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪351 .................... ................................ ................................‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -132 -2‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻮ ‪352 .................... ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -133 -2‬ﮔﻞﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ )‪356 ................. ................................ ................................ (1992-2002‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -134 -2‬ﮔﻞﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ )‪357 .............. ................................ ................................ (2007-1997‬‬
‫‪3T‬‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺻﺪﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ‪358 .........................‬‬

‫‪3T‬‬ ‫ٴ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -135 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺎ ٴ‬ ‫‪3T‬‬

‫ﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
 ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ -1-1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻠﺰﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ (7‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ (8‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﻣﺼﺐ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ (10‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫‪ (11‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫‪ (12‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪ (13‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ (14‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫‪ (15‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﻛﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫پ( ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﻣﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﺮﻗﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﺮﻗﺒﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﺮﻗﺒﻪ ‪ E1‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (1-1‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪L1‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪E1 = 1 − 1 − ‬‬ ‫)‪(1-1‬‬
‫‪ T1 ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ :L1‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ : T1‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺙ( ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﮓﻧﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺘﺎﻧﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﺭﻩ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺪﺍﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫چ( ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ( ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺥ( ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ( ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﻬﺪﺍﺕ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬
 ‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-2‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ )ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ( ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﺺﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ ،(1-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ‪ 75‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-2‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺫﻱﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ »ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ‪(1995) «Lloyd‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 300km‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻛﻞ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2-2‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ (1-2‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (2-2‬ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪12‬‬

‫‪ (8‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪GT‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DWT‬‬ ‫ﺏ( ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻦ( ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪DT‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺑﻲ )ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻦ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (1-2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪ (DWT‬ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ )‪ (GT‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-2‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪GT‬‬ ‫‪= 0.541DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪GT‬‬ ‫‪= 0.880 DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪GT‬‬ ‫‪= 0.553 DWT‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(1-2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪GT‬‬ ‫‪= 0.808 DWT‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭ ﺭﻭ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :GT‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫‪ :DWT‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫‪ (10‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (3-2‬ﺗﺎ )‪ (7-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻪﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ژﺍﭘﻦ )‪ (PHRI‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺳﺖﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ »ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪ (1998) «Lloyd‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -1 -2‬ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -1-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(L‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬

‫‪ 3/9‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 10/9‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 67‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 1000‬ﺗﻦ‬

‫‪4/9‬‬ ‫‪13/1‬‬ ‫‪83‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬
‫‪5/6‬‬ ‫‪14/6‬‬ ‫‪94‬‬ ‫‪3000‬‬
‫‪6/5‬‬ ‫‪16/8‬‬ ‫‪109‬‬ ‫‪5000‬‬
‫‪8/2‬‬ ‫‪19/9‬‬ ‫‪137‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬
‫‪8/6‬‬ ‫‪21/0‬‬ ‫‪144‬‬ ‫‪12000‬‬
‫‪9/6‬‬ ‫‪23/6‬‬ ‫‪161‬‬ ‫‪18000‬‬
‫‪11/0‬‬ ‫‪27/5‬‬ ‫‪185‬‬ ‫‪30000‬‬
‫‪11/8‬‬ ‫‪29/9‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬ ‫‪40000‬‬
‫‪12/9‬‬ ‫‪32/3‬‬ ‫‪218‬‬ ‫‪55000‬‬
‫‪13/7‬‬ ‫‪32/3‬‬ ‫‪233‬‬ ‫‪70000‬‬
‫‪14/7‬‬ ‫‪38/1‬‬ ‫‪249‬‬ ‫‪90000‬‬
‫‪15/1‬‬ ‫‪39/3‬‬ ‫‪256‬‬ ‫‪100000‬‬
‫‪16/9‬‬ ‫‪44/3‬‬ ‫‪286‬‬ ‫‪150000‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪14‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(L‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬

‫‪ 11/1‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 30/2‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 218‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 30000‬ﺗﻦ‬

‫‪12/2‬‬ ‫‪32/3‬‬ ‫‪244‬‬ ‫‪40000‬‬
‫‪13/0‬‬ ‫‪32/3‬‬ ‫‪266‬‬ ‫‪50000‬‬
‫‪13/8‬‬ ‫‪36/5‬‬ ‫‪286‬‬ ‫‪60000‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻱ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪(300 km‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(L‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬

‫‪ 3/0‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 11/8‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 50‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 400‬ﺗﻦ‬

‫‪3/4‬‬ ‫‪13/5‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪700‬‬
‫‪3/7‬‬ ‫‪14/7‬‬ ‫‪72‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬
‫‪4/6‬‬ ‫‪18/3‬‬ ‫‪104‬‬ ‫‪2500‬‬
‫‪5/3‬‬ ‫‪21/6‬‬ ‫‪136‬‬ ‫‪5000‬‬
‫‪5/7‬‬ ‫‪23/0‬‬ ‫‪148‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬

‫‪-3‬ﺏ( ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ )ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ‪ 300 km‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ(‬

‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(L‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬

‫‪ 6/0‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 22/3‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 142‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 6000‬ﺗﻦ‬

‫‪6/4‬‬ ‫‪25/2‬‬ ‫‪167‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬
‫‪6/8‬‬ ‫‪27/3‬‬ ‫‪185‬‬ ‫‪13000‬‬
‫‪6/8‬‬ ‫‪28/2‬‬ ‫‪192‬‬ ‫‪16000‬‬
‫‪6/8‬‬ ‫‪28/2‬‬ ‫‪192‬‬ ‫‪20000‬‬
‫‪7/2‬‬ ‫‪28/2‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬ ‫‪23000‬‬

‫‪ (4‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭ ﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(L‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬

‫‪ 11/1‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 13/6‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 75‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 400‬ﺗﻦ‬

‫‪4/7‬‬ ‫‪16/4‬‬ ‫‪97‬‬ ‫‪1500‬‬
‫‪5/5‬‬ ‫‪18/5‬‬ ‫‪115‬‬ ‫‪2500‬‬
‫‪6/3‬‬ ‫‪20/7‬‬ ‫‪134‬‬ ‫‪4000‬‬
‫‪7/0‬‬ ‫‪22/9‬‬ ‫‪154‬‬ ‫‪6000‬‬
‫‪7/4‬‬ ‫‪25/9‬‬ ‫‪182‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(L‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬

‫‪ 8/0‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 25/7‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 180‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 20000‬ﺗﻦ‬

‫‪8/0‬‬ ‫‪28/4‬‬ ‫‪207‬‬ ‫‪30000‬‬
‫‪8/0‬‬ ‫‪32/3‬‬ ‫‪248‬‬ ‫‪50000‬‬
‫‪8/0‬‬ ‫‪35/2‬‬ ‫‪278‬‬ ‫‪70000‬‬

‫‪ (6‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‬

‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(L‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬

‫‪ 3/8‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 11/8‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 70‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 500‬ﺗﻦ‬

‫‪5/0‬‬ ‫‪15/7‬‬ ‫‪94‬‬ ‫‪1500‬‬
‫‪5/8‬‬ ‫‪18/8‬‬ ‫‪114‬‬ ‫‪3000‬‬
‫‪6/6‬‬ ‫‪21/5‬‬ ‫‪130‬‬ ‫‪5000‬‬
‫‪8/0‬‬ ‫‪27/0‬‬ ‫‪165‬‬ ‫‪12000‬‬
‫‪8/8‬‬ ‫‪30/0‬‬ ‫‪184‬‬ ‫‪18000‬‬
‫‪9/5‬‬ ‫‪32/3‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬ ‫‪25000‬‬

‫‪ (7‬ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(L‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬

‫‪ 4/0‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 10/2‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 61‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 1000‬ﺗﻦ‬

‫‪4/9‬‬ ‫‪12/6‬‬ ‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬
‫‪5/5‬‬ ‫‪14/3‬‬ ‫‪87‬‬ ‫‪3000‬‬
‫‪6/4‬‬ ‫‪16/8‬‬ ‫‪102‬‬ ‫‪5000‬‬
‫‪7/9‬‬ ‫‪20/8‬‬ ‫‪127‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬
‫‪8/9‬‬ ‫‪23/6‬‬ ‫‪144‬‬ ‫‪15000‬‬
‫‪9/6‬‬ ‫‪25/8‬‬ ‫‪158‬‬ ‫‪20000‬‬
‫‪10/9‬‬ ‫‪29/2‬‬ ‫‪180‬‬ ‫‪30000‬‬
‫‪12/6‬‬ ‫‪32/3‬‬ ‫‪211‬‬ ‫‪50000‬‬
‫‪13/9‬‬ ‫‪38/0‬‬ ‫‪235‬‬ ‫‪70000‬‬
‫‪15/0‬‬ ‫‪41/1‬‬ ‫‪254‬‬ ‫‪90000‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -2-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(d‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ )‪(B‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(L‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬

‫‪ 3/3‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 9/0‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 51‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 500‬ﺗﻦ‬

‫‪3/4‬‬ ‫‪9/5‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪700‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -3-2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ‪ - DWT‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ → ‪ 50000 40000 30000 20000 15000 10000 7000 5000 3000 2000 1000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫‪← 49999 39999 29999 19999 14999 9999 6999 4999 2999 1999 999‬‬
‫‪592‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪187‬‬ ‫‪227‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪29/9‬‬
‫‪151‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪141‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪49/9-30‬‬
‫‪903‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪219‬‬ ‫‪624‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪69/9-50‬‬
‫‪1514‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪400‬‬ ‫‪387‬‬ ‫‪687‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪89/9-70‬‬
‫‪1046‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪156‬‬ ‫‪363‬‬ ‫‪439‬‬ ‫‪84‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪109/9-90‬‬
‫‪340‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪144‬‬ ‫‪59‬‬ ‫‪94‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪129/9-110‬‬
‫‪227‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪53‬‬ ‫‪68‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪149/9-130‬‬
‫‪154‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪169/9-150‬‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪69‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪189/9 -170‬‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪209/9-190‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ 210‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬

‫‪5397‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪119‬‬ ‫‪149‬‬ ‫‪118‬‬ ‫‪397‬‬ ‫‪490‬‬ ‫‪980‬‬ ‫‪531 1099 1245‬‬ ‫‪172‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫ﺏ( ‪ – DWT‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪ 50000 40000 30000 20000 15000 10000 7000 5000 3000 2000 1000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫)‪( m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪49999 39999 29999 19999 14999 9999 6999 4999 2999 1999 999‬‬
‫‪332‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪71‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪52‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪5/9‬‬
‫‪277‬‬ ‫‪253‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪7/9-6‬‬
‫‪589‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪752‬‬ ‫‪62‬‬ ‫‪9/9-8‬‬
‫‪891‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪144‬‬ ‫‪560‬‬ ‫‪152‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪11/9-10‬‬
‫‪1147‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪408‬‬ ‫‪233‬‬ ‫‪436‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪13/9-12‬‬
‫‪412‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪274‬‬ ‫‪79‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪15/9-14‬‬
‫‪555‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪66‬‬ ‫‪265‬‬ ‫‪195‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪17/9-16‬‬
‫‪441‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪258‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪19/9-18‬‬
‫‪115‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪21/9-20‬‬
‫‪170‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪98‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪23/9-22‬‬
 ‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -3-2‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ‪ -‬ﺏ( ‪ – DWT‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪ 50000 40000 30000 20000 15000 10000 7000 5000 3000 2000 1000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫)‪( m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪49999 39999 29999 19999 14999 9999 6999 4999 2999 1999 999‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪25/9-24‬‬
‫‪69‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪27/9-26‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪29/9-28‬‬
‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪31/9-30‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪ 32‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬

‫‪5397‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪119‬‬ ‫‪149‬‬ ‫‪118‬‬ ‫‪397‬‬ ‫‪490‬‬ ‫‪980‬‬ ‫‪531 1099 1245‬‬ ‫‪172‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫پ( ‪ - DWT‬ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪50000‬‬ ‫‪40000‬‬ ‫‪30000‬‬ ‫‪20000‬‬ ‫‪15000‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬ ‫‪7000‬‬ ‫‪5000‬‬ ‫‪3000‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫→‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪49999‬‬ ‫‪39999‬‬ ‫‪29999‬‬ ‫‪19999‬‬ ‫‪14999‬‬ ‫‪9999‬‬ ‫‪6999‬‬ ‫‪4999‬‬ ‫‪2999‬‬ ‫‪1999‬‬ ‫‪999‬‬
‫‪427‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪114‬‬ ‫‪102‬‬ ‫‪131‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪102‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪97‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪1/9‬‬
‫‪444‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪91‬‬ ‫‪306‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪2/9-2‬‬
‫‪1298‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪105‬‬ ‫‪376‬‬ ‫‪716‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪3/9-3‬‬
‫‪1068‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪212‬‬ ‫‪292‬‬ ‫‪507‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪4/9-4‬‬
‫‪655‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪514‬‬ ‫‪82‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5/9-5‬‬
‫‪480‬‬ ‫‪49‬‬ ‫‪288‬‬ ‫‪138‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6/9-6‬‬
‫‪343‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪224‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪7/9-7‬‬
‫‪199‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪111‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪8/9-8‬‬
‫‪152‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪68‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9/9-9‬‬
‫‪145‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10/9-10‬‬
‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪11/9-11‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪12/9-12‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ 13‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪5397‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪119‬‬ ‫‪149‬‬ ‫‪118‬‬ ‫‪397‬‬ ‫‪490‬‬ ‫‪980‬‬ ‫‪531‬‬ ‫‪1099‬‬ ‫‪1245‬‬ ‫‪172‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -4-2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ‪ - DWT‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ → ‪ 250000 200000 150000 100000 70000 50000 30000 20000 15000 10000 7000 5000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫)‪( m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪249999 199999 149999 99999 69999 49999 29999 19999 14999 9999 6999 4999‬‬
‫‪176‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪172‬‬ ‫‪169‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪59/9‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪18‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -4-2‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ‪ - DWT‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ → ‪250000 200000 150000 100000 70000 50000 30000 20000 15000 10000 7000 5000‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫)‪( m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪249999 199999 149999 99999 69999 49999 29999 19999 14999 9999 6999 4999‬‬
‫‪151‬‬ ‫‪143‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪79/9-60‬‬
‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪99/9-80‬‬
‫‪69‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪38‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪119/9-100‬‬
‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪139/9-120‬‬
‫‪211‬‬ ‫‪139‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪159/9-140‬‬
‫‪394‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪77‬‬ ‫‪305‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪179/9-160‬‬
‫‪842‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪771‬‬ ‫‪59‬‬ ‫‪199/9-180‬‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪219/9-200‬‬
‫‪500‬‬ ‫‪242‬‬ ‫‪252‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪239/9-220‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪259/9-240‬‬
‫‪142‬‬ ‫‪53‬‬ ‫‪89‬‬ ‫‪279/9-260‬‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪138‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪299/9-280‬‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪319/9-300‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪320‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪3002‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪207‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪279‬‬ ‫‪306‬‬ ‫‪915‬‬ ‫‪533‬‬ ‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪59‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪394‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫ﺏ( ‪ – DWT‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪ 250000 200000 150000 100000 70000 50000 30000 20000 15000 10000 7000 5000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ →‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫)‪( m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪249999 199999 149999 99999 69999 49999 29999 19999 14999 9999 6999 4999‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪170‬‬ ‫‪166‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪11/9‬‬
‫‪187‬‬ ‫‪170‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪13/9-12‬‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪15/9-14‬‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪17/9-16‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪19/9-18‬‬
‫‪38‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪21/9-20‬‬
‫‪213‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪121‬‬ ‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪23/9-22‬‬
‫‪162‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪129‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪25/9-24‬‬
‫‪350‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪280‬‬ ‫‪27/9-26‬‬
‫‪152‬‬ ‫‪152‬‬ ‫‪29/9-28‬‬
‫‪485‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪464‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪31/9-30‬‬
‫‪697‬‬ ‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪270‬‬ ‫‪177‬‬ ‫‪33/9-32‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪35/9-34‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪37/9-36‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪39/9-38‬‬
 ‫‪19‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -4-2‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ ‪ -‬ﺏ( ‪ – DWT‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪ 250000 200000 150000 100000 70000 50000 30000 20000 15000 10000 7000 5000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ →‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫)‪( m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪249999 199999 149999 99999 69999 49999 29999 19999 14999 9999 6999 4999‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪41/9-40‬‬
‫‪133‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪73‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪43/9-42‬‬
‫‪105‬‬ ‫‪97‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪45/9-44‬‬
‫‪59‬‬ ‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪47/9-46‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪49/9-48‬‬
‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪51/9-50‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪53/9-52‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ 54‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪3002‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪207‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪279‬‬ ‫‪306‬‬ ‫‪915‬‬ ‫‪533‬‬ ‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪59‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪394‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫پ( ‪ - DWT‬ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫‪DWT‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ → ‪ 250000 200000 150000 100000 70000 50000 30000 20000 15000 10000 7000 5000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫‪← 249999 199999 149999 99999 69999 49999 29999 19999 14999 9999 6999 4999‬‬
‫‪87‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪174‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪169‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪3/9‬‬
‫‪162‬‬ ‫‪162‬‬ ‫‪4/9-4‬‬
‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5/9-5‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6/9-6‬‬
‫‪72‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪7/9-7‬‬
‫‪64‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪8/9-8‬‬
‫‪457‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪384‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9/9-9‬‬
‫‪451‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪320‬‬ ‫‪127‬‬ ‫‪10/9-10‬‬
‫‪553‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪540‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪11/9-11‬‬
‫‪130‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪89‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪12/9-12‬‬
‫‪412‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪209‬‬ ‫‪202‬‬ ‫‪13/9-13‬‬
‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪14/9-14‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪15/9-15‬‬
‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪16/9-16‬‬
‫‪210‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪139‬‬ ‫‪69‬‬ ‫‪17/9-17‬‬
‫‪62‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪18/9-18‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪19‬ﻭﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪3002‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪207‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪279‬‬ ‫‪306‬‬ ‫‪915‬‬ ‫‪533‬‬ ‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪59‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪394‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -5-2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ‪ - DWT‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪ 70000 60000 50000 40000 30000 25000 20000 15000 10000 7000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪69999 59999 49999 39999 29999 24999 19999 14999 9999 6999‬‬
‫‪59‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪59/9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪79/9-60‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪99/9-80‬‬
‫‪114‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪88‬‬ ‫‪119/9-100‬‬
‫‪151‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪99‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪139/9-120‬‬
‫‪208‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪135‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪159/9-140‬‬
‫‪242‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪136‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪179/9-160‬‬
‫‪184‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪86‬‬ ‫‪199/9-180‬‬
‫‪107‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪71‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪219/9-200‬‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪239/9-220‬‬
‫‪132‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪110‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪259/9-240‬‬
‫‪117‬‬ ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪279/9-260‬‬
‫‪145‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪81‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪299/9-280‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪319/9-300‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪339/9-320‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪340‬ﻭﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪1581‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪95‬‬ ‫‪236‬‬ ‫‪177‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪233‬‬ ‫‪135‬‬ ‫‪202‬‬ ‫‪146‬‬ ‫‪156‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫ﺏ( ‪ – DWT‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪ 70000 60000 50000 40000 30000 25000 20000 15000 10000 7000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪69999 59999 49999 39999 29999 24999 19999 14999 9999 6999‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪9/9‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪11/9-10‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪13/9-12‬‬
‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪15/9-14‬‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪17/9-16‬‬
‫‪111‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪62‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪19/9-18‬‬
‫‪104‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪21/9-20‬‬
‫‪181‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪147‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪23/9-22‬‬
‫‪156‬‬ ‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪73‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪25/9-24‬‬
 ‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -5-2‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ ‪ -‬ﺏ( ‪ – DWT‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪ 70000 60000 50000 40000 30000 25000 20000 15000 10000 7000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪69999 59999 49999 39999 29999 24999 19999 14999 9999 6999‬‬
‫‪189‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪27/9-26‬‬
‫‪104‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪52‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪29/9-28‬‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪31/9-30‬‬
‫‪469‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪85‬‬ ‫‪226‬‬ ‫‪87‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪33/9-32‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪35/9-34‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪37/9-36‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪39/9-38‬‬
‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪41/9-40‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪42‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪1581‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪95‬‬ ‫‪236‬‬ ‫‪177‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪233‬‬ ‫‪135‬‬ ‫‪202‬‬ ‫‪146‬‬ ‫‪156‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫پ( ‪ - DWT‬ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫‪ 70000 60000 50000 40000 30000 25000 20000 15000 10000 7000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪69999 59999 49999 39999 29999 24999 19999 14999 9999 6999‬‬
‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪2/9‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪3/9-3‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪4/9-4‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪5/9-5‬‬
‫‪139‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪6/9-6‬‬
‫‪117‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪74‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7/9-7‬‬
‫‪246‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪73‬‬ ‫‪143‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪8/9-8‬‬
‫‪180‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪134‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪9/9-9‬‬
‫‪183‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪85‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪10/9-10‬‬
‫‪270‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪118‬‬ ‫‪117‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪11/9-11‬‬
‫‪190‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪38‬‬ ‫‪111‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪12/9-12‬‬
‫‪117‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪74‬‬ ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪13/9-13‬‬
‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪14‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪1581‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪95‬‬ ‫‪236‬‬ ‫‪177‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪233‬‬ ‫‪135‬‬ ‫‪202‬‬ ‫‪146‬‬ ‫‪156‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪22‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -6-2‬ﺕ( ‪TEU – DWT‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -7-2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ‪ - DWT‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ → ‪ 300000 200000 150000 100000 70000 50000 30000 10000 7000 5000 3000 1000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫) ‪(m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪299999 199999 149999 99999 69999 49999 29999 9999 6999 4999 2999 999‬‬

‫‪234‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪96‬‬ ‫‪49‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪94‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪86‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪39/9‬‬
‫‪191‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪29 149‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪59/9-40‬‬
‫‪310‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪292‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪79/9-60‬‬
‫‪209‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪118‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪99/9-80‬‬
‫‪176‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪103‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪119/9-100‬‬
‫‪67‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪139/9-120‬‬
‫‪53‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪159/9-140‬‬
‫‪127‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪77‬‬ ‫‪179/9-160‬‬
‫‪143‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪136‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪199/9-180‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪219/9-200‬‬
‫‪128‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪62‬‬ ‫‪62‬‬ ‫‪239/9-220‬‬
‫‪221‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪147‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪259/9-240‬‬
‫‪114‬‬ ‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪84‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪279/9-260‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪299/9-280‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪319/9-300‬‬
‫‪192‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪157‬‬ ‫‪339/9-320‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪340‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪2307‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪182‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪152‬‬ ‫‪215‬‬ ‫‪87‬‬ ‫‪201‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪154 221‬‬ ‫‪484 291‬‬ ‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬
 ‫‪23‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺏ( ‪ – DWT‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ → ‪ 300000 200000 150000 100000 70000 50000 30000 10000 7000 5000 3000 1000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪299999 199999 149999 99999 69999 49999 29999 9999 6999 4999 2999 999‬‬

‫‪103‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪134‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪123‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪7/9‬‬
‫‪184‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪148‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪9/9-8‬‬
‫‪301‬‬ ‫‪285‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪11/9-10‬‬
‫‪185‬‬ ‫‪51‬‬ ‫‪132‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪13/9-12‬‬
‫‪215‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪59‬‬ ‫‪128‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪15/9-14‬‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪17/9-16‬‬
‫‪62‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪19/9-18‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪21/9-20‬‬
‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪23/9-22‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪25/9-24‬‬
‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪27/9-26‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪29/9-28‬‬
‫‪72‬‬ ‫‪71‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪31/9-30‬‬
‫‪166‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪79‬‬ ‫‪33/9-32‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪35/9-34‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪37/9-36‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪39/9-38‬‬
‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪52‬‬ ‫‪41/9-40‬‬
‫‪193‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪122‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪43/9-42‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪45/9-44‬‬
‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪47/9-46‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪49/9-48‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪51/9-50‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪53/9-52‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪55/9-54‬‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪74‬‬ ‫‪57/9-56‬‬
‫‪104‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪79‬‬ ‫‪59/9-58‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪60‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪2307‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪182‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪152‬‬ ‫‪215‬‬ ‫‪87‬‬ ‫‪201‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪154‬‬ ‫‪221‬‬ ‫‪484 291‬‬ ‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪24‬‬

‫پ( ‪ - DWT‬ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫‪DWT‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ → ‪ 300000 200000 150000 100000 70000 50000 30000 10000 7000 5000 3000 1000‬ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫←‬ ‫‪299999 199999 149999 99999 69999 49999 29999 9999 6999 4999 2999 999‬‬

‫‪142‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪1/9‬‬
‫‪136‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪117‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2/9-2‬‬
‫‪204‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪126‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3/9-3‬‬
‫‪348‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪305‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4/9-4‬‬
‫‪195‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪97‬‬ ‫‪79‬‬ ‫‪5/9-5‬‬
‫‪190‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪97‬‬ ‫‪77‬‬ ‫‪6/9-6‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪7/9-7‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪8/9-8‬‬
‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9/9-9‬‬
‫‪83‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪10/9-10‬‬
‫‪102‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪11/9-11‬‬
‫‪178‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪38‬‬ ‫‪84‬‬ ‫‪12/9-12‬‬
‫‪148‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪13/9-13‬‬
‫‪83‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪14/9-14‬‬
‫‪52‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪15/9-15‬‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪16/9-16‬‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪17/9-17‬‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪18/9-18‬‬
‫‪71‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪19/9-19‬‬
‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪20/9-20‬‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪21/9-21‬‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪22‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪2307‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪182‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪152‬‬ ‫‪215‬‬ ‫‪87‬‬ ‫‪201‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪154‬‬ ‫‪221‬‬ ‫‪484 291‬‬ ‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ‬

‫‪ -2-2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-2-2‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪25‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺏ( ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ ـ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ )ﻓﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎ( ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﺪﻝﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-2‬ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫‪ -1-2-2-2‬ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (2-2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪M V2 ‬‬
‫‪E f =  s Ce C m C s Cc‬‬ ‫)‪(2-2‬‬
‫‪ 2 ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Ef‬ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(kJ=kN.m‬‬
‫‪ :Ms‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(t‬‬
‫‪ :V‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :Ce‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ :Cm‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ :Cs‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ )ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪(1‬‬
‫‪ :Cc‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ )ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪(1‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪26‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲﺑﺮ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺳﻴﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ‪ Es‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ )ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﺮ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪MsV2/2‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪Es × f‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ )ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪ Ef‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ( ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ‪ f=CeCmCsCc‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ )‪ (DT‬ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪Ms‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (3-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪ (DWT‬ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫)‪ (GT‬ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ )‪ (DT‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪log(DT ) = 0.550 + 0.899 log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ )ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪:(10000 DWT‬‬
‫) ‪log(DT ) = 0.511 + 0.913 log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ )‪ 10000 DWT‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ(‪:‬‬
‫) ‪log(DT ) = 0.365 + 0.953 log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪log(DT ) = 1.388 + 0.683 log(GT‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪log(DT ) = 0.506 + 0.904 log(GT‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(3-2‬‬
‫) ‪log(DT ) = 0.657 + 0.909 log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭ ﺭﻭ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪log(DT ) = 0.341 + 0.891 log(GT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪log(DT ) = 1.915 + 0.588 log(GT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪log(DT ) = 0.332 + 0.956 log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :DT‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪ :GT‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫‪ :DWT‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ‪ Cs‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ‪ Cs‬ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 1‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
 ‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ‬ ‫‪Cc‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-2-2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﺪﻙﻛﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﺪﻙﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻫﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﻳﺪﻙﻛﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 15‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭ ﺭﻭ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪﻙﻛﺶﻫﺎ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﺳﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ )‪ (1‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -2 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪28‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10 cm/s‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10 cm/s‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(3-2‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ )ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ(‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ )‪(cm/s‬‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪) DT‬ﺗﻦ(‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -3 -2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 10cm/s‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .(4-2‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10 cm/s‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 15 cm/s‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(5-2‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ )‪(cm/s‬‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ 10000) DT‬ﺗﻦ(‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -4 -2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
 ‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺰﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ )‪(cm/s‬‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪) DT‬ﺗﻦ(‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -5 -2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (8-2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (6-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگﺗﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ 15 cm/s‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ‪ 10000DWT‬ﻭ ‪ 10 cm/s‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 10000DWT‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -8-2‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ )‪(cm/s‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ )‪(DWT‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪8/1‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪8/1‬‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻩ ‪1000‬‬
‫‪7/2‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪7/8‬‬ ‫‪6/7‬‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻩ ‪5000‬‬
‫‪5/3‬‬ ‫‪4/6‬‬ ‫‪7/2‬‬ ‫‪5/0‬‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻩ ‪10000‬‬
‫‪4/6‬‬ ‫‪4/7‬‬ ‫‪4/9‬‬ ‫‪4/5‬‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻩ ‪15000‬‬
‫‪4/1‬‬ ‫‪4/4‬‬ ‫‪4/1‬‬ ‫‪3/9‬‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻩ ‪30000‬‬
‫‪3/4‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪3/4‬‬ ‫‪3/5‬‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻩ ‪50000‬‬
‫‪5/0‬‬ ‫‪4/6‬‬ ‫‪5/0‬‬ ‫‪5/2‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ (5‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (7-2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ ‪ 200000 DWT‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ 13 cm/s‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ 13‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪99/6 ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ μ‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬ ‫‪cm/s‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ ،Weibull‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪30‬‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬ ‫)‪f(V‬‬ ‫‪ 4/41 cm/s‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ s‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 2/08 cm/s‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ ،Weibull‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫)‪ (4-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬

‫= ) ‪f (V‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫‪0.8‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪exp − V 1.25‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫)‪(4-2‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :V‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ )‪(cm/s‬‬
‫‪ 14/5‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚﻫﺰﺍﺭﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪cm/s‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ،(4-2‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ‪ 15 cm/s‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 20 cm/s‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -6 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -7 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬

 ‫‪31‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ (6‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﮕﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﺪﻙﻛﺶﻫﺎ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 30 cm/s‬ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﻃﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ )‪ (1‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻻﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﮕﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-2-2-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪Ce‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(5-2‬‬
‫‪1+  ‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :l‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :r‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ژﻳﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ )‪(m‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﺶ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﺶ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﺶ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺻﺮﻑﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (8-2‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻋﻴﻦﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪Cb‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫‪Lpp‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ژﻳﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ‪ r‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (6-2‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪r = (0.19Cb + 0.11)L pp‬‬ ‫)‪(6-2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :r‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ژﻳﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Iz=Msr2‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ‪ Iz‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ :Lpp‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(m‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪32‬‬

‫‪ :Cb‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ : � ) C b = � (L pp Bd) ،‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪ :B ،(m3‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪ (m‬ﻭ ‪:d‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪((m‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -8 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ژﻳﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(1969 ،Myers‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ،(9-2‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ F1‬ﻭ ‪ F2‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ P‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ l‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (7-2‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪l ،k=0.5‬‬ ‫)‪ (8-2‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ k<0.5‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ l‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ L1‬ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ k>0.5‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ l‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ L2‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ L1‬ﻭ ‪ L2‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Ce‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-2‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -9 -2‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫‪L2 = 0.5α + e(1 − k )L pp cos θ‬‬ ‫)‪(7-2‬‬

 ‫‪33‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪L1 = (0.5α − ek )L pp cosθ‬‬ ‫)‪(8-2‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪F1‬‬ ‫‪ :L1‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪F2‬‬ ‫‪ :L2‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ θ‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪ :e‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ : α‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫‪1 1‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪2 3‬‬
‫‪F2‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪F1‬‬ ‫‪ :k‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ k .‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭ ‪ 1‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ‪ 0/5‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-2-2-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (9-2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫‪C m = 1 + 2C × B‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪(9-2‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫∇ = ‪Cb‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪L pp Bd‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Cb‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫∇ ‪ :‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(m3‬‬
‫‪ :Lpp‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :B‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :d‬ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(m‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ‪ Ms‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ( ﻭ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ‪ Mw‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ( ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (10-2‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪34‬‬

‫‪Ms + Mw‬‬
‫= ‪Cm‬‬ ‫)‪(10-2‬‬
‫‪Ms‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Cm‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫‪ :Ms‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ )‪(t‬‬
‫‪ :Mw‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﺁﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ )ﺟﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ( )‪(t‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (9-2‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (9-2‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Mw / Ms‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (10-2‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪ ،(Lpp‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪ (B‬ﻭ ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪ (d‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ( ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺭﮔﺮﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (11-2‬ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫)‪ (DWT‬ﻳﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ )‪ (GT‬ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫)‪log L pp = 0.867 + 0.310 log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ )ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪:(10000 DWT‬‬
‫‪log (L‬‬ ‫‪pp‬‬
‫)‪) = 0.964 + 0.285 log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ )‪ 10000 DWT‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ(‪:‬‬
‫‪log (L‬‬ ‫‪pp‬‬
‫)‪) = 0.516 + 0.401log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪log (L‬‬ ‫‪pp‬‬
‫)‪) = log(94.6 + 0.00596GT‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ 13000 GT ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪log (L‬‬ ‫‪pp‬‬
‫)‪) = 0.613 + 0.401 log(GT‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ 6000t ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(11-2‬‬
‫‪log (L‬‬ ‫‪pp‬‬
‫)‪) = 0.840 + 0.349 log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭ ﺭﻭ‪:‬‬
‫‪log (L‬‬ ‫‪pp‬‬
‫)‪) = 0.787 + 0.330 log(GT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪log (L‬‬ ‫‪pp‬‬
‫)‪) = 1.046 + 0.280 log(GT‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‪:‬‬
‫‪log (L‬‬ ‫‪pp‬‬
‫)‪) = 0.793 + 0.322 log(DWT‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ∇ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ‪ DT‬ﺑﺮ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪ (1/03 t/m3‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-2-2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ -1-3-2-2‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫)‪ -2-8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ ‪ 0/7‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/8‬ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻱ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-2-2‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪36‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺰﺍء ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺴﻢ‬ ‫‪Froude-Kriloff‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Froude-Kriloff‬‬ ‫ﺏ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﮕﺮﺍﻝﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪Froude-Kriloff‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ(‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪Froude-Kriloff‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ x=-Lpp/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ x=Lpp/2‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪ Cb‬ﺁﻥ ‪ 0/7‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/8‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻱ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-2-2‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (12-2‬ﺗﺎ )‪ (14-2‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ‪ CX‬ﻭ ‪ CY‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ‪ X‬ﻭ ‪ Y‬ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ Cm‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫)‪(12-2‬‬
‫= ‪RX‬‬ ‫‪ρ aU 2 AT C X‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫)‪(13-2‬‬
‫= ‪RY‬‬ ‫‪ρ aU 2 AL CY‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫)‪(14-2‬‬
‫= ‪RM‬‬ ‫‪ρ aU 2 AL L pp C M‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :CX‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪) X‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ(‬
‫‪ :CY‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪) Y‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ(‬
‫‪ :CM‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ :RX‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪(kN) X‬‬
‫‪ :RY‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪(kN) Y‬‬
‫‪ :RM‬ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ )‪(kN.m‬‬
‫‪ρ a = 1.23 ×10‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ : ρ a‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ‪( t / m 3 ) ،‬‬
‫‪ :U‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :AT‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ )‪(m2‬‬
‫‪ :AL‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ )‪(m2‬‬
‫‪ :Lpp‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ‪ CY ،CX‬ﻭ ‪ CM‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﺑﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﺁﺏ ﮔﺮﻳﺰﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪﺍﻱ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ‪ U‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺭﮔﺮﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪38‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪Hino‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Davenport‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (15-2‬ﻭ )‪ (16-2‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪X2‬‬
‫‪ u‬‬
‫‪fS‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪U‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪r 10‬‬
‫(‬‫‪1+ X 2‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫)‪(15-2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ X = 1200 f U 10‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2 ‬‬ ‫‪2 −‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪56‬‬

‫‪S ( f ) = 2.856‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪U‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪1 +   ‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ u‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪β   β  ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(16-2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪−3 U α  z ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2 mα −1‬‬

‫‪β = 1.169 × 10  10  ‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ K  10 ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪r ‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪ : Su (f‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ )‪(m2.s‬‬
‫‪ :U10‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪Kr=0.003‬‬ ‫‪ :Kr‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ : α‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ‪U ∝ (z 10)α‬‬
‫‪ :z‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :m‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ‪ m ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ‪ 2‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-3-2-2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (17-2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪R f = 0.0014 SV 2‬‬ ‫)‪(17-2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Rf‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(kN‬‬
‫‪ :S‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ )‪(m2‬‬
‫‪ :V‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
 ‫‪39‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (18-2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪R = 0.05 ρ 0 CV 2 B‬‬ ‫)‪(18-2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :R‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ )‪(kN‬‬
‫‪ : ρ 0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪ (t/m3‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ‪ ρ 0 = 1.03 t / m3‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :C‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ :V‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :B‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ )‪(m2‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (17-2‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﺎ ‪ t = 15  C ، ρ w = 1.03‬ﻭ ‪ λ = 0.14‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪R f = ρ w gλ {1 + 0.0043(15 − t )}SV 1.825‬‬ ‫)‪(19-2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Rf‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(N‬‬
‫‪ : ρ w‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ‪ 1/03‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺛﻘﻞ )‪(m/s2‬‬
‫‪ :t‬ﺩﻣﺎ ) ‪( C‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ :S‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ )‪(m2‬‬

‫‪ :V‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ : λ‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ) ‪ λ = 0.14741‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪30‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪ λ = 0.13783‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪250‬ﻣﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ C‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (18-2‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ θ‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(10-2‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪40‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -10 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪C‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ‪ S‬ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺁﺏ ‪ B‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺭﮔﺮﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-3-2-2‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ ـ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ )ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ )ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-2-2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (9-2‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (1‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪41‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -9-2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ )‪(kN‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ )‪(kN‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ‪) GT‬ﺗﻦ(‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪200 < GT ≤ 500‬‬
‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪500 < GT ≤ 1000‬‬
‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬ ‫‪1000 < GT ≤ 2000‬‬
‫‪350‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬ ‫‪2000 < GT ≤ 3000‬‬
‫‪350‬‬ ‫‪500‬‬ ‫‪3000 < GT ≤ 5000‬‬
‫‪500‬‬ ‫‪700‬‬ ‫‪5000 < GT ≤ 10000‬‬
‫‪700‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬ ‫‪10000 < GT ≤ 20000‬‬
‫‪1000‬‬ ‫‪1500‬‬ ‫‪20000 < GT ≤ 50000‬‬
‫‪1000‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪50000 < GT ≤ 100000‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻱﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ )ﺷﺎﺧﻚﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ )‪ (8‬ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-2‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮ(‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ )‪ ،(8‬ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-19‬ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﻳﻒﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5000‬ﺗﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻪﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (9-2‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪42‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 200‬ﺗﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪100‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪(9-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ‪ -‬ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻢ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ‪ 25‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻓﺮﺽﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﺗﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 35‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺳﺒﻚ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺎ ‪ 15‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻓﺮﺽﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 25‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5000‬ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5000‬ﺗﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻪﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ B‬ﻭﻳﻨﻴﻠﻮﻥ )ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ B‬ﻭﻳﻨﻴﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (2‬ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫‪ 2 kt‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ‪ 0/6 kt‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‪ 200‬ﺗﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 200‬ﺗﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‪ 150‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ‪ 50‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (8-2‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪41‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
 ‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -3‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫‪ -1-3‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ )ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ( ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻣﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪ (1-3) Fujita‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (2-3) Myers‬ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪∆p‬‬
‫‪p = p∞ −‬‬ ‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪(Fujita‬‬ ‫)‪(1-3‬‬
‫) ‪1 + (r r0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ r ‬‬
‫‪p = pc + ∆p exp − 0 ‬‬ ‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪(Myers‬‬ ‫)‪(2-3‬‬
‫‪ r‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :p‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ )‪(hPa‬‬
‫‪ :r‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ )‪(km‬‬
‫‪ :pc‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ )‪(hPa‬‬
‫‪ :r0‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ )‪(km‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪46‬‬

‫‪ : ∆p‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ )‪(hPa‬؛ ‪∆p = p∞ − pc‬‬

‫‪p∞ = pc + ∆p‬‬ ‫)‪(hPa‬؛‬ ‫∞‪ : p‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ∞ = ‪r‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ‪ r0‬ﻭ ‪ ∆p‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-3‬ﺑﺎﺩ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ (3-3) Sherman‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ (4-3) Talbot‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪(Sherman‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫)‪(3-3‬‬
‫‪tn‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪(Talbot‬‬ ‫)‪(4-3‬‬
‫‪t +b‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :R‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ )‪(mm/h‬‬
‫‪ :t‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ )‪(min‬‬
‫‪ a‬ﻭ ‪ b‬ﻭ ‪ :n‬ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ) ‪ -4-3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-3‬ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﻪﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﻞﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-3‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪47‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -3‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪∂p ∂r‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪V g = rω sin φ  − 1 + 1 +‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪(5-3‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ρ a rω 2 sin 2 φ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Vg‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ )‪ ،(cm/s‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ∂p ∂r‬ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( )‪(g/cm2/s2‬‬
‫‪ :r‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ )‪(cm‬‬

‫‪ : ω‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ) ‪( s‬؛ ‪ω = 7.29 × 10 −5 s‬‬

‫‪-1‬‬

‫‪ : φ‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬

‫‪ : ρ a‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ )‪(g/cm3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪-‬ﮔﺮﻡ‪-‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1.11×107 cm‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ‪ 1.0 hPa‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 103 g/cm/s2‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-3‬ﺑﻲﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺩ ژﺋﻮﺳﺘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻚ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ) ‪ V = (∂p / ∂r ) (2 ρ a rω sin φ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (11-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ‪ α‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻭﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﻋﺖﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻭﺯﺩ؛ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﻭﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (10-2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ - 11 -2‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ )ﻛﻢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ( ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺩ )ﭘﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ(‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪48‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -10-2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫)ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪α‬‬
‫‪0/70 0/67 0/64 0/60 0/51‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪Vs/Vg‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ )ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ‪ 30‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ( ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪ h‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪U h = U 0 ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(6-3‬‬
‫‪ h0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Uh‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪(m/s) h‬‬
‫‪ :U0‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪(m/s) h0‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ n=1/10~1/4‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ n ≥ 1 7‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (12-2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺟﺎﻣﻊﺗﺮ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪ (∆T‬ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (7-3‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -3‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫‪∆T = Ta − Ts‬‬ ‫)‪(7-3‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :∆T‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﮔﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫‪ :Ta‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﮔﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫‪ :Ts‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﮔﺮﺍﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫‪ ∆T‬ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ ∆T‬ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪n=1/7‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻛﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻨﺪﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -12- 2‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ∆T =0 ،∆T =+3oC :‬ﻭ ‪∆T =-3oC‬‬

‫‪ -3-3‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﻪﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-3-2-2‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ( ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (8-3‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪p = cq‬‬ ‫)‪(8-3‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :p‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ )‪(N/m2‬‬
‫‪ :q‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ )‪(N/m2‬‬
‫‪ :c‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (8-3‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻪﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (8-3‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ q‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (9-3‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪q‬‬ ‫‪ρ aU 2‬‬ ‫)‪(9-3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :q‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ )‪(N/m2‬‬
 ‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -3‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫‪ : ρ a‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ )‪ρ a = 1.23 kg m 3 ،(kg/m3‬‬

‫‪ :U‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻃﺮﺡ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ(‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﺷﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -3‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
 ‫‪55‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ -1-1-4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ »ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ« )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ( ﻭ »ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ« )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ( ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪» .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ« ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (13-2‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-1-4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪56‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ »ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ« ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺰﻳﺖﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻫﻚ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -13 -2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ H1/3‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪(T1/3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ Hmax‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪(Tmax‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫پ( ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻫﻚ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ )‪ H1/10‬ﻭ ‪(T1/10‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ ، H‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪( T‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ( ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ‪ H0‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ‪(T0‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ) ‪( H 0′‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ( ﺭﺍ »ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ »ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻚﺭﻭﺯﻩ )ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚﻣﺎﻫﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(« ﺍﻃﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻭﻱﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍژﻩ »ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ« ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -4-4‬ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻭﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪» .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ« ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ )ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﺤﺎﻅﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ »ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ )ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ((1-4‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪H 0′ = K d K r H 0‬‬ ‫)‪(1-4‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪58‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Kr‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-5-4‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪ :Kd‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-5-4‬ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬

‫‪ -3-1-4‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-3-1-4‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺷﻜﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻅﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ‪ x‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ‪ z‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ )ﺟﻬﺖ ‪(y‬‬ ‫‪h‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‪z=0‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ( )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ 2π‬‬ ‫‪2π ‬‬
‫= ) ‪η ( x, t‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪sin ‬‬ ‫‪x−‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬ ‫)‪(2-4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ L‬‬ ‫‪T ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : η‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :T‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ )‪(s‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪gT 2‬‬ ‫‪2πh‬‬ ‫)‪(3-4‬‬
‫=‪L‬‬ ‫‪tanh‬‬
‫‪2π‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺶ )‪(m/s2‬‬
 59 ‫ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬-4 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

(m/s) ‫پ( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

2πh 2πh
C=
gT
tanh =
gL
tanh (4-4)
2π L 2π L
(m/s) ‫ﺕ( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ‬
2π ( z + h ) 
cosh
πH L  2π 2π  
u= sin  x− t 
T 2πh  L T 
sinh

L
 (5-4)
2π (z + h ) 
cosh
πH L  2π 2π 
w= cos x− t
T 2πh  L T 
sinh 
L 
:‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
(m/s) x ‫ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ‬:u
(m/s) z ‫ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ‬:w
(m/s) ‫ﺙ( ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ‬
2π (z + h ) 
cosh
du 2π H 2
L  2π 2π 
=− cos x− t 
dt T2 2πh  L T 
sinh

L
 (6-4)
2π (z + h ) 
cosh
dw 2π 2 H L  2π 2π  
=− sin  x− t
dt T2 2πh  L T 
sinh 
L 
:‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
du
(m/s2) x ‫ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ‬:
dt
dw
(m/s2) z ‫ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ‬:
dt
(N/m2) ‫ﺝ( ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
2π (z + h )
cosh
1  2π 2π 
p = ρ 0 gH L sin  x− t  − ρ 0 gz (7-4)
2 2πh  L T 
cosh
L
:‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ( ﺍﺳﺖ‬103 kg/m3 1/05 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1/01) ‫ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﺏ‬: ρ0
(J) ‫چ( ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
1
E = Ek + E p = ρ 0 gH 2 (8-4)
8
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪60‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ Ek‬ﻭ ‪ Ep‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ‪ ،Ek=E= ،‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ( ﻧﺮﺥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(N.m/m/s‬‬
‫𝑊‬ ‫)‪(9-4‬‬
‫𝐶‬ ‫)‪(10-4‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :CG‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪4πh ‬‬
‫‪1 ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫=‪n‬‬ ‫‪1+‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(11-4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4πh ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪sinh‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪L ‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪ (h/L>1/2‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ∞ → ‪ h / l‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ L0‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪ C0‬ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ CG‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ‪ ،T‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪L0 = 1.56 T 2 (m ), C0 = 1.56 T (m s ), CG = 0.78T (m s ) = 1.52T (kt ) = 2.81T (km h‬‬ ‫)‪(12-4‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (12-4‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ )‪ (h/L<1/25‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ‪ h/L‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ )ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ((13-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪L = T gh (m ), C = CG = gh (m s‬‬ ‫)‪(13-4‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (1‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ H/L‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ h/L‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ ‪ ،u‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ‪ η c‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ‪ η c‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ،(14-2‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
 ‫‪61‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪Hmax‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪ H1/3/h‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻨﻮﻳﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻭﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩﺣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﻢﮔﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺳﺮﻱﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺷﺪﺕ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻨﻮﻳﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦﻣﻌﻨﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻟﻮﻟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻨﻮﻳﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﻄﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻫﺬﻟﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻨﻮﻳﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻨﻮﻳﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻨﻮﻳﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﮕﺮﺍﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺮ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ Dean‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (η c ) max‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪H1/3/h‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -14 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ‪H max‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪62‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻝﺣﺎﺿﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ ‪ umax‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻛﺲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ )‪ (14-4‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪πH‬‬ ‫] ‪ z + h  cosh[2π (z + h ) L‬‬

‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪H‬‬ ‫)‪(14-4‬‬
‫= ) ‪u max (z‬‬ ‫‪1+α ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪h‬‬ ‫‪ h ‬‬ ‫] ‪sinh[(2πh ) L‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ α‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (11-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‪α‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -11-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬

‫‪α‬‬ ‫‪h/L‬‬ ‫‪α‬‬ ‫‪h/L‬‬

‫‪0/68‬‬ ‫‪0/2‬‬ ‫‪1/50‬‬ ‫‪0/03‬‬

‫‪0/49‬‬ ‫‪0/3‬‬ ‫‪1/50‬‬ ‫‪0/05‬‬
‫‪0/25‬‬ ‫‪0/5‬‬ ‫‪1/43‬‬ ‫‪0/07‬‬
‫‪0/27‬‬ ‫‪0/7‬‬ ‫‪1/25‬‬ ‫‪0/10‬‬
‫‪0/97‬‬ ‫‪0/14‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺧﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻨﻮﻳﺪﺍﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﺬﻟﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬
‫)ﺑﻪﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -5-5-4‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﻪﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -6-5-4‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ(‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (14-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪63‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ -2-3-1-4‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (15-4‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪π H‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ πH ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫= ) ‪p (H H‬‬ ‫‪exp −   ‬‬ ‫)‪(15-4‬‬
‫‪2 H‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪ : p( H H‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫‪ : H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻫﻚ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪ ،H1/10‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ H1/3‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ H‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (16-4‬ﺑﻪﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪H 1 10 = 1.27 H 1 3 ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(16-4‬‬
‫‪H 1 3 = 1.60 H ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ‪ Hmax‬ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (2‬ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (17-4‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪H max = (1.2 ~ 2.0 )H 1 3‬‬ ‫)‪(17-4‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (18-4‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Tmax ≈ T1 3 = (1.1 ~ 1.3)T‬‬ ‫)‪(18-4‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪64‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ Hmax‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ‪ H max‬ﺍﺯ ‪ ،Hmax‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ‪ N‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪(19-4‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪0.5772‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪H max = 0.706  ln N +‬‬ ‫‪ H 1 3‬‬ ‫)‪(19-4‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2 ln N‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ‪ Hmax‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ‪ N‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ‪ Hmax‬ﺍﺯ ‪ H max‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ H max‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ (H max )μ‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ µ‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 0/05‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 0/1‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ‪ (H max )μ‬ﺑﻪﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ Hmax‬ﺍﺯ ‪ (H max )μ‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫‪) µ‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ μ‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ (H max )μ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ‪ µ‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (20-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪(H max )µ‬‬ ‫‪= 0.706 H 1 3 ln‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(20-4‬‬
‫‪ ln[1 (1 − µ )] ‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪Hmax‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (12-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ μ‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪Hmax/H1/3‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ Hmax=(1.6~2.0)H1/3‬ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﻑﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -12-2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ‪ Hmax‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪H1/3‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪%5‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪%10‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪%50‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫‪(Hmax)0.05‬‬ ‫‪(Hmax)0.1‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫) ‪( max‬‬ ‫‪(Hmax)0.5‬‬ ‫‪(Hmax)mode‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫‪1/86H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/76H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/50H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/46H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/40H1/3‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬
‫‪1/95H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/85H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/61H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/58H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/52H1/3‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫‪2/03H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/94H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/72H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/68H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/63H1/3‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬
‫‪2/14H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/06H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/84H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/81H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/76H1/3‬‬ ‫‪500‬‬
‫‪2/22H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/14H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/94H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/91H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/86H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬
‫‪2/30H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/22H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/02H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/00H1/3‬‬ ‫‪1/95H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬
‫‪2/39H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/31H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/12H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/10H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/05H1/3‬‬ ‫‪5000‬‬
‫‪2/47H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/39H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/19H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/19H1/3‬‬ ‫‪2/12H1/3‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬
 ‫‪65‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ -3-3-1-4‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺮﻡ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻡ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (21-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪S ( f ,θ ) = S ( f )G ( f ,θ‬‬ ‫)‪(21-4‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :f‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫‪ : θ‬ﺁﺯﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫)‪ : S(f , θ‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ S(f ) ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ »ﻃﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ G (f , θ‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ »ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ) ‪ S(f‬ﻭ )‪ G (f , θ‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (22-4‬ﻃﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ Bretschneider-Mitsuyasu‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (23-4‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ Mitsuyasu‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪S ( f ) = 0.257 H 1 / 3 T1 / 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪−5‬‬
‫[‬
‫) ‪exp − 1.03(T1 / 3 f‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫]‬ ‫)‪(22-4‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪G ( f ,θ ) = G0 cos 2 S‬‬ ‫)‪(23-4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ G0‬ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻝﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪((24-4‬‬

‫‪∫θmin G ( f ,θ )dθ = 1‬‬ ‫)‪(24-4‬‬

‫‪θ max‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ θ max‬ﻭ ‪ θ min‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (23-4‬ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫)‪ (25-4‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ f ‬‬
‫‪−2.5‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪S = S max ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪f > fm ‬‬
‫‪ fm ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(25-4‬‬
‫‪ f ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪S = S max ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪f ≤ fm ‬‬
‫‪ fm ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪T1/3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬ ‫‪fm‬‬ ‫ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (26-4‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪f m = 1 (1.05T1 / 3‬‬ ‫)‪(26-4‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ H1/3‬ﻭ ‪ T1/3‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ) ‪ m2s ، S ( f ,θ‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪66‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Smax‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 10‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 20‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (15-2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ‪ Smax‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪Suzuki‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Goda‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Smax‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬ ‫‪Smax<20‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ Smax=10‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ Smax=25 ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ Smax=15‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ‪ Smax‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪﺳﺰﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (16-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ Smax‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ (α p )0 ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -15 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ‪ Smax‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
 ‫‪67‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -16 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪ Smax‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ (4‬ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻃﻴﻒ ‪ Brestschneider-Mitsuyasu‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (22-4‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (26-4‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬ ‫‪fm‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ )‪ (22-4‬ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ T1/3‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ‪ Goda‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪S ( f ) = 0.205 H 1 / 3 T1 / 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬
‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪−5‬‬
‫[‬
‫) ‪exp − 0.75(T1 / 3 f‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫]‬ ‫)‪(27-4‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (27-4‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ %8‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (22-4‬ﻭ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ %18‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (27-4‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ H‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ H‬ﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ m0‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (29-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ‪ n‬ﺍﻡ ﻃﻴﻒﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (28-4‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪mn = ∫0 f n S ( f )df‬‬
‫∞‬
‫)‪(28-4‬‬
‫‪H = 2πm0 ≈ 2.5 m0‬‬ ‫)‪(29-4‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ H 1 / 3 = 1.60 H‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (30-4‬ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻭ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪68‬‬

‫‪H 1 / 3 ≈ 4.0 m0‬‬ ‫)‪(30-4‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ H 1 / 3 = 3.8 m0‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺷﺪﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫‪ H 1 / 3 = 4.0 m0‬ﺍﺭﺿﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ H1/3‬ﻭ ‪ m0‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (30-4‬ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ Tz‬ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ‪ Rice‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (31-4‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‬
‫‪Tz = m0 m2‬‬ ‫)‪(31-4‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ Brestschneider-Mitsuyasu‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (32-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Tz = 0.74T1 / 3‬‬ ‫)‪(32-4‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (17-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ T‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ Tz‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ Tz / T‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ‪ 0/6‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ،1/0‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 0/83‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ %20‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻤﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ‪ Rice‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻃﻴﻒﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -8-4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺫﻱﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪69‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -17 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ Tz‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ‪T‬‬

‫‪ -2-4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫‪ -1-2-4‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ )‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ( ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪30‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻩﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ( ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪70‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -5-4‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ( ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(10‬ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺯ ‪ 16‬ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺗﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫‪16‬ﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-2-4‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﺲﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪71‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-2-4‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ( ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻼﻃﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﺲﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-4‬ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-3-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﺸﺨﺺﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺏ( ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ )ﻣﻮﺝﮔﺎﻩ( ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺺﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨ ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﺕﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ( ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪72‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-4‬ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪﺷﺪﺕ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﺮﻑﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺶﻓﺮﺽ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺷﻜﻞﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻳﺦ ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﺧﺰﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻬﻨﻪ ﺧﺰﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻼ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻛﻨﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻣﻲ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺴﻢ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 20‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﻳﺎ‬
 ‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻟﻲ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺯ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﻤﺎﻥﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻟﻲ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻭ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﮕﺮﺍﻝ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻳﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1960‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ )ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ((33-4‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫∂‬
‫‪E ( f ,θ , t , x ) = −CG ( f )∇E ( f ,θ , t , x ) + α ( f ,U ) + β ( f ,U )E ( f ,θ , t , x ) + F3 + F4 + F5‬‬ ‫)‪(33-4‬‬
‫‪∂t‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ :E(f,θ,t,x‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻭﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ‪Phillips‬‬ ‫)‪ :α(f,U‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫)‪ :β(f,U‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ‪Miles‬‬

‫‪ :F3‬ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ :F4‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫‪ :F5‬ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻛﻨﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪ f‬ﻭ ‪ :θ‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫‪ :t‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ :x‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫)‪ :CG(f‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫‪ :U‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪74‬‬

‫∇ ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮ ﺩﻳﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺭﻭﺵ ‪S-M-B‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ S-M-B‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (18-2‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻪﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (18-2‬ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (35-4) ،(34-4‬ﻭ ‪ (36-4)4‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1965‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Wilson‬ﺑﺎﺯﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -18 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪S-M-B‬‬

 ‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪gH 1 / 3‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪= 0.30 1 −‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(34-4‬‬
‫‪U2‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ gF   ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 1 + 0.004 2   ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ U   ‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪gT1 / 3‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪= 1.37 1 −‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(35-4‬‬
‫‪2πU‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ gF   ‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 1 + 0.008 2   ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ U   ‬‬

‫‪dF‬‬ ‫‪dF‬‬
‫‪t = ∫0‬‬ ‫‪= ∫0‬‬ ‫)‪(36-4‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬

‫‪CG‬‬ ‫‪gT1 / 3 4π‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :H1/3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :T1/3‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ )‪(s‬‬
‫‪ :U‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ‪10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :F‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ)‪(9.81 m/s2=) (m/s2‬‬
‫‪ :t‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ )‪(hr‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ( ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (37-4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪∑ Fi cos θ i‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪Feff‬‬ ‫)‪(37-4‬‬
‫‪∑ cosθ i‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Feff‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ )‪(km‬‬
‫‪ :Fi‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ i‬ﺍﻡ )‪(km‬‬
‫‪ :θi‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ Fi‬ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﺩ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪Wilson‬‬ ‫ﺏ( ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫‪S-M-B‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫‪Wilson‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪H1/3-t-F-T1/3‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫)‪ (19-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ F-T‬ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪76‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (35-4) ،(34-4‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪T1/3-t‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫‪H1/3-t‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫)‪ (36-4‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ( ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ Sakamoto-Ijima‬ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪ (38-4‬ﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪T1 / 3 = 3.86 H 1 / 3‬‬ ‫)‪(38-4‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :H1/3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :T1/3‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ )‪(s‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪Wilson‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ،Sakamoto-Ijima‬ﺍﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫‪ H1/3-t-F-CG‬ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (20-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -19 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ‪) H1/3-t-F-T1/3‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪((1965) Wilson‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫)ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ( ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪78‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺩ )‪ (m/s‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﺮﺍﻧﺘﺰ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -20 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ‪ H1/3-F-CG‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ )ﺭﻭﺵ ‪(Sakamoto-Ijima‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-4‬ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ Bretschneider‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ‪Bretschneider‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ،Bretschneider‬ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ P-N-J‬ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪P-N-J‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ Bretschneider‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
 ‫‪79‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻗﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻝ )ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻪ( ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﻜﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ Bretschneider‬ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (21-2‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ‪ Fmin‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ‪ D ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ‪ HF ،‬ﻭ ‪ TF‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻭ ‪ HD‬ﻭ ‪ TD‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ S-M-B‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ Fmin‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺪﺕﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ Fmin ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﺕﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -21 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ t‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ D‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (39-4‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪80‬‬

‫‪4πD‬‬
‫)‪(39-4‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫=‪t‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪CGD gTD‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :CGD‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪(m/s) TD‬‬

‫‪ -4-4‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ »ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ« ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ »ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ« ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﺕﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ )ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 30‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ( ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺁﺏﻭﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻼ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ Gumbel‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ Weibull‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ) ‪ 50‬ﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪ 100 ،‬ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ‬
 ‫‪81‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫)ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪-m‬ﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ‪ xm,N‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ‪ P‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ‪ xm,N‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (40-4‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪m −α‬‬
‫[‬ ‫]‬
‫‪P H ≤ xm, N = 1 −‬‬
‫‪N +β‬‬
‫)‪(40-4‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ‪ α‬ﻭ ‪ β‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪(13-2‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ Gumbel‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Gringorten‬ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Petruaskas‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪Weibull‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫‪Aagaard‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ‪ Thomas‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮژﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ α=0‬ﻭ‪ β=1‬ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ‪ Hazen‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪α=0.5‬ﻭ ‪β=0‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -13-2‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫‪β‬‬ ‫‪α‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬

‫‪0/12‬‬ ‫‪0/44‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪Gumbel‬‬

‫‪0/64‬‬ ‫‪0/54‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(k=0.75) Weibull‬‬

‫‪0/59‬‬ ‫‪0/51‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(k=0.75) Weibull‬‬
‫‪0/53‬‬ ‫‪0/48‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(k=0.75) Weibull‬‬
‫‪0/50‬‬ ‫‪0/46‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(k=0.75) Weibull‬‬
‫‪0/47‬‬ ‫‪0/44‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(k=0.75) Weibull‬‬
‫‪0/42‬‬ ‫‪0/42‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(k=0.75) Weibull‬‬
‫‪0/37‬‬ ‫‪0/39‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(k=0.75) Weibull‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮژﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪) Gumbel‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻭﮔﺎﻧﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﮕﺎﺭﻳﺘﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫)ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺧﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ( ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪82‬‬

‫ﻭ ‪ Aagaard‬ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬ ‫‪Petruaskas‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪) Gumbel‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ (41-4‬ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪) Weibull‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ (42-4‬ﺑﺎ ‪ k‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 1/5 ،1/25 ،1/1 ،1/0 ،0/85 ،0/75‬ﻭ ‪ 2/0‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ x − B ‬‬
‫‪P[H ≤ x ] = exp − exp−‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(Gumbel‬‬ ‫)‪(41-4‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪A ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪  x−B ‬‬
‫‪k‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪P[H ≤ x ] = 1 − exp− ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫)ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(Weibull‬‬ ‫)‪(42-4‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪» ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ« )ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ( ‪ P‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (43-4‬ﻳﺎ )‪ (44-4‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ )‪ rv (= (x − B ) A‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫}] ‪rv = − ln{− ln P[H ≤ x‬‬ ‫)ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(Gumbel‬‬ ‫)‪(43-4‬‬
‫]}] ‪rv = [− ln{1 − P[H ≤ x‬‬
‫‪1/ k‬‬
‫)ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪(Weibull‬‬ ‫)‪(44-4‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‬ ‫‪rv‬‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (41-4‬ﻳﺎ )‪ (42-4‬ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ x‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺧﻄﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (45-4‬ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ B‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ˆ‪x = Aˆ rv + B‬‬ ‫)‪(45-4‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ̂‪ A‬ﻭ ̂‪ B‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ B‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (41-4‬ﻳﺎ )‪ (42-4‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪ RP‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ H‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ )‪ P(H ≤ x‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ )ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ((46-4‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ P(H ≤ x ) = 1 −‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬
‫= ‪Rp‬‬ ‫)‪(46-4‬‬
‫) ‪N 1 − P (H ≤ x‬‬ ‫‪NR p‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :K‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ :N‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ Goda ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ Fisher-Tippett‬ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ II‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ Fisher-Tippett‬ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ II‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (47-4‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫[‬
‫})‪P[H ≤ x ] = exp − {1 + (x − B ) (kA‬‬
‫‪−k‬‬
‫]‬ ‫)‪(47-4‬‬
‫ﻧُﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪) Gumbel‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ((41-4‬ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪) Weibull‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ (42-4‬ﺑﺎ ‪ k‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 1/4 ،1/0 ،0/75‬ﻭ ‪ 2/0‬ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ Fisher-Tippett‬ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ II‬ﺑﺎ ‪ k‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪،2/5‬‬
‫‪ 5/0 ،3/33‬ﻭ ‪) 10/0‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﺶﻓﺮﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (13-2‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ α‬ﻭ ‪ β‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (40-4‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪83‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪،Gumbel‬‬

‫‪α = 0.44 , β = 0.12‬‬ ‫)‪(48-4‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪،Weibull‬‬
‫‪α = 0.20 + 0.27 k , β = 0.20 + 0.23 k‬‬ ‫)‪(49-4‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ Fisher-Tippett‬ﻧﻮﻉ ‪،II‬‬
‫‪α = 0.44 + 0.52 k , β = 0.12 − 0.11 k‬‬ ‫)‪(50-4‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻡﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ REC‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ %95‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ DOL‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻲﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ‪ %5‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ %95‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ MIR‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ MIR‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ‪ 1/0‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-4‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-5-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-5-4‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻢ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪84‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪((22-2‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ‪ h1‬ﺑﻪ ‪ h2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ b1‬ﺑﻪ ‪ b2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ H2‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪h1‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ‪ H1‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ h2‬ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (51-4‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -22 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻃﺮﺡﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪H2‬‬ ‫‪CG 1‬‬ ‫‪b1‬‬

‫=‬ ‫)‪(51-4‬‬
‫‪H1‬‬ ‫‪CG 2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ CG1‬ﻭ ‪ :CG2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺁﺏ ‪ h1‬ﻭ ‪(m/s) h2‬‬
‫‪ b1‬ﻭ ‪ :b2‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻌﺎﻉﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺁﺏ ‪ h1‬ﻭ ‪(m) h2‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ ‪CG 1 CG 2‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‪b1 b2 ،‬‬

‫ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ )ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -5-5-4‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ(( ‪CG 1 CG 2‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ CG 1 CG 2 = K s 2 K s1‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ Ks1‬ﻭ ‪ Ks2‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺁﺏ ‪ h1‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ h2‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ b0‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ‪ b‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬ ‫‪Kr‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ »ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪ (52-4‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪K r = b0 b‬‬ ‫)‪(52-4‬‬
 ‫‪85‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺏ( ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡﺑﻪﺫﻛﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (53-4‬ﻭ )‪ (54-4‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪2πh‬‬
‫‪sin α = sin α 0 tanh‬‬ ‫)‪(53-4‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪cos α 0‬‬ ‫)‪(54-4‬‬
‫= ‪Kr‬‬
‫‪cos α‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ‪ α ،L‬ﻭ ‪ α0‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻝﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ ،h‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ h‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ )‪ (23-2‬ﻭ )‪ (24-2‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫)‪ (54-4‬ﻭ )‪ (53-4‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪86‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -23 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -24 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
 ‫‪87‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ (3‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‪ (1 :‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ (2 .‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻣﻮﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻌﺎﻉﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﮕﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺘﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﻫﻢﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻴﻒﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ αp‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻖ‬ ‫‪Kr‬‬ ‫)‪ (25-2‬ﻭ )‪ (26-2‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ‪ (αp)0‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ (αp)0‬ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ Smax .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-3-1-4‬ﻃﻴﻒﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪88‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -25 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -26 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ α p‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
 ‫‪89‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ -3-5-4‬ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-3-5-4‬ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺷﺪﺕ ﺗﺤﺖﺍﺛﺮ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﭼﺮﺧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (27-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻚﻓﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ‪ B/L=5‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥﮔﻮﻧﻪﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞﺍﻏﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -27- 2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻚﻓﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪(B/L = 5‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (55-4‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Kd‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ‪ Kd‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪90‬‬

‫‪Kd = Hd Hi‬‬
‫)‪(55-4‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Hi‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ :Hd‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪-28-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺎ )‪-28-2‬پ( ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 25 ،10‬ﻭ ‪ 75‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(L‬‬ ‫‪Smax‬‬ ‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻲﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ )‪-29-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺎ )‪-29-2‬ﺭ( ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ ﺑﺎ ‪ B/L‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 4 ،2 ،1‬ﻭ ‪ 8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 25 ،10‬ﻭ ‪ 75‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ )‪ (B‬ﺑﻲﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪Smax‬‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﭘﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻃﺮﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ θ ′‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫)ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ((30-2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ‪ θ‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ )‪-13-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ ﺗﺎ پ( ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ‪ B/L‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪θ ′‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ‪ B′ L‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ θ ′‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (56-4‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪B′ L = (B L )sin θ ′‬‬ ‫)‪(56-4‬‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪-28 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ (θ=90°‬ﻭ ‪Smax=10‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪92‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-28-2‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ (θ=90°‬ﻭ ‪Smax=25‬‬

‫‪93‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-28-2‬پ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ (θ=90°‬ﻭ ‪Smax=75‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪94‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -29 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 1‬ﻭ ‪Smax=10‬‬
‫‪95‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 1‬ﻭ ‪Smax=25‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪96‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬پ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 1‬ﻭ ‪Smax=75‬‬
‫‪97‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬ﺕ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 2‬ﻭ ‪Smax=10‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪98‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬ﺙ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 2‬ﻭ ‪Smax=25‬‬
‫‪99‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬ﺝ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 2‬ﻭ ‪Smax=75‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪100‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬چ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 4‬ﻭ ‪Smax=10‬‬
‫‪101‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬ﺡ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 4‬ﻭ ‪Smax=25‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪102‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬ﺥ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 4‬ﻭ ‪Smax=75‬‬
‫‪103‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬ﺩ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 8‬ﻭ ‪Smax=10‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪104‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬ﺫ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 8‬ﻭ ‪Smax=25‬‬
‫‪105‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-29-2‬ﺭ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ )‪ (B/L = 8‬ﻭ ‪Smax=75‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪106‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -14-2‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪θ ′‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻒ( ‪Smax=10‬‬

‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪θ‬‬

‫‪B/L‬‬
‫‪60°‬‬ ‫‪45°‬‬ ‫‪30°‬‬ ‫‪15°‬‬
‫‪(11°) 71°‬‬ ‫‪(20°) 65°‬‬ ‫‪(28°) 58°‬‬ ‫‪(38°) 53°‬‬ ‫‪1/0‬‬
‫‪(10°) 70°‬‬ ‫‪(17°) 62°‬‬ ‫‪(23°) 53°‬‬ ‫‪(31°) 46°‬‬ ‫‪2/0‬‬
‫‪(10°) 70°‬‬ ‫‪(15°) 60°‬‬ ‫‪(19°) 49°‬‬ ‫‪(26°) 41°‬‬ ‫‪4/0‬‬

‫)ﺏ( ‪Smax=25‬‬

‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪θ‬‬

‫‪B/L‬‬
‫‪60°‬‬ ‫‪45°‬‬ ‫‪30°‬‬ ‫‪15°‬‬
‫‪(10°) 70°‬‬ ‫‪(16°) 61°‬‬ ‫‪(22°) 52°‬‬ ‫‪(34°) 49°‬‬ ‫‪1/0‬‬
‫‪(7°) 67°‬‬ ‫‪(12°) 57°‬‬ ‫‪(17°) 47°‬‬ ‫‪(26°) 41°‬‬ ‫‪2/0‬‬
‫‪(5°) 65°‬‬ ‫‪(9°) 54°‬‬ ‫‪(12°) 42°‬‬ ‫‪(21°) 36°‬‬ ‫‪4/0‬‬

‫)پ( ‪Smax=75‬‬

‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪θ‬‬

‫‪B/L‬‬
‫‪60°‬‬ ‫‪45°‬‬ ‫‪30°‬‬ ‫‪15°‬‬
‫‪(6°) 66°‬‬ ‫‪(10°) 55°‬‬ ‫‪(15°) 45°‬‬ ‫‪(26°) 41°‬‬ ‫‪1/0‬‬
‫‪(4°) 64°‬‬ ‫‪(7°) 52°‬‬ ‫‪(11°) 41°‬‬ ‫‪(21°) 36°‬‬ ‫‪2/0‬‬
‫‪(2°) 62°‬‬ ‫‪(4°) 49°‬‬ ‫‪(6°) 36°‬‬ ‫‪(15°) 30°‬‬ ‫‪4/0‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﺮﺍﻧﺘﺰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -30 -2‬ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ‪ B′‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪θ ′‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪-29-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺎ )‪-29-2‬ﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻱﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
 ‫‪107‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫)‪ (14-2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻛﭙﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 0/1‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺧﻄﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫‪Takayama‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ‪ Green‬ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺖﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 10‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺟﻬﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﻭﺵ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﭼﻨﺪﺟﻬﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-5-4‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻕﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (57-4‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪H = Kd Kr Ks H0‬‬ ‫)‪(57-4‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪108‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Kd‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ :Kr‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ :Ks‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ )‪ -5-5-4‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ(‬
‫‪ :H0‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ‪،Takayama‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩﺣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻱﺑﻨﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭼﺸﻢﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻨﺴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺰﺍء ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﭼﻨﺪﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪ Nadaoka‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-5-4‬ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-4-5-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (31-2‬ﭘﻼﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
 ‫‪109‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫)ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬ ‫‪Hs‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ »ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ( ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫)‪ (58-4‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -31 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ )‪(Osaki, 1965‬‬

‫‪H s = H 1 + H 2 + ... + H n‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫)‪(58-4‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Hs‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪ :Hn ،... ،H2 ،H1‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 0/7‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﺑﻪﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (58-4‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪110‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪T1/3‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ .((58-4‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (59-4‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪(H 1 / 3 )I 2 + (H 1 / 3 )II 2‬‬ ‫)‪(59-4‬‬

‫‪T1 / 3 = k‬‬
‫‪(H 1 / 3 )I 2 (T1 / 3 )I 2 + (H 1 / 3 )II 2 (T1 / 3 )II 2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪k = 1.0 + α (RH µ‬‬
‫) ‪−0.121 A ln ( RH µ‬‬
‫)‪(60-4‬‬
‫‪α = 0.08 + (ln RT )2 − 0.15 ln RT‬‬ ‫)‪(61-4‬‬
‫‪0.632 + 0.144 ln RT : 0.1 ≤ RT < 0.8‬‬
‫‪µ=‬‬ ‫)‪(62-4‬‬
‫‪0.6‬‬ ‫‪: 0.8 ≤ RT < 1‬‬

‫‪13.97 + 4.33 ln RT : 0.1 ≤ RT < 0.4‬‬

‫‪A=‬‬ ‫)‪(63-4‬‬
‫‪10.0‬‬ ‫‪: 0.4 ≤ RT < 1‬‬
‫‪RH = (H 1 / 3 )I (H 1 / 3 )II‬‬ ‫)‪(64-4‬‬
‫‪RT = (T1 / 3 )I (T1 / 3 )II‬‬ ‫)‪(65-4‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ :(H1/3)II‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ‪ I‬ﻭ ‪ II‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ )‪(m‬‬ ‫‪(H1/3)I‬‬

‫‪ (T1/3)I‬ﻭ ‪ :(T1/3)II‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ‪ I‬ﻭ ‪ II‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ )‪(s‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺲ ‪ I‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺲ ‪ II‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﭼﻨﺪﺿﻠﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﭼﻨﺪﺿﻠﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺣﻞ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﺏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺷﺮﻁ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﺏ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﺏ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
 ‫‪111‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (44-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ α‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (44-2‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂﭼﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪﺟﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﺟﻬﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (32-2‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂﭼﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫)ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺧﻂﭼﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ .((32-2‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﻮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ 0/68 ،A‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ A‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 0/68‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 1/0‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺮژﻱﻫﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪1 + 0.68 2 = 1.21‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 1/21‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ A‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ‪ 0/7‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1/0‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺿﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ 0/4‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬

‫‪ 1 + (0.4 × 0.68 )2 = 1.04‬ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -32 -2‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪112‬‬

‫‪ -2-4-5-4‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺟﻮﻉﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ Goda‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 0/7‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/7) 1/0‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ(‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 0/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/7‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 0/3‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/6‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩﺍﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ‬
‫‪ 0/3‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/5‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 0/3‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/6‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/2‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-4-5-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻡ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ‬
 ‫‪113‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻡ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻼﻳﻢﺗﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (33-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﻡ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ ‫‪Kd‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺎ ‪ Smax=75‬ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺟﻬﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻂﭼﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ‪ β‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪l2‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫‪l1‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪114‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪-33 -2‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻢﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/4‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ﺻﺮﻑﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
 ‫‪115‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ )ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻓﺮﻡ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (34-2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫)ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ( ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -34 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬

‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻓﺮﻡ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (35-2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻳﻚﺟﻬﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ α=30° ،‬ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪116‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -35 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫‪ -5-5-4‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺰﺵ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪Shuto‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (36-2‬ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ‪ Ks‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ‪ H 0′ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ H ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ h‬ﻭ ‪ L0‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻘﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲﺑﺮ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺳﻲﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻏﻴﺮﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ٴ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ CERC (USACE, 1984‬ﻭ )‪Kamphuis (1991‬‬
 ‫‪117‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -36 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ‬

‫‪ -6-5-4‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺧﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪» ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲﻛﻪ »ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ )‪-37-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺎ )‪-37-2‬ﺙ( ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫)‪-38-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ(ﺗﺎ )‪-38-2‬ﺙ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻂ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﭼﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -5-5-4‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ((‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪118‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ‪ h H 0′‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 1/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2/5‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﻤﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -37 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:10‬‬
‫‪119‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -37 -2‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:20‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-37-2‬پ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:30‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪120‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-37-2‬ﺕ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:50‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -37 -2‬ﺙ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:100‬‬
‫‪121‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -38 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:10‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -38 -2‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:20‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪122‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -38 -2‬پ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:30‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-38-2‬ﺕ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:50‬‬
 ‫‪123‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-38-2‬ﺙ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪1:100‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )‪ (66-4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ K s H 0′‬‬ ‫‪: h L0 ≥ 0.2‬‬
‫‪H 1/ 3 = ‬‬ ‫)‪(66-4‬‬
‫‪min{(β 0 H 0′ + β 1 h ), β max H 0′ , K s H 0′ } : h L0 < 0.2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪β 0 = 0.028(H 0′ L0 )−0.38 exp 20(tan θ )1.5‬‬ ‫)‬
‫] ‪β 1 = 0.52 exp[4.2 tan θ‬‬ ‫)‪(67-4‬‬
‫{‬
‫] ‪β max = max 0.92, 0.32(H 0′ L0 )−0.29 exp[2.4 tan θ‬‬ ‫}‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ ‪ Ks‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (36-2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮ }{‪ min‬ﻭ }{‪ max‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﺮﺍﻧﺘﺰﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ tan θ‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ Hmax‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪((68-4‬‬
‫‪1.8 K s H 0′‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪: h L0 ≥ 0.2‬‬
‫‪H max = ‬‬ ‫)‪(68-4‬‬
‫({‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬
‫)‬ ‫}‬
‫‪min β 0 H 0′ + β 1 h , β max H 0′ , 1.8 K s H 0′ : h L0 < 0.2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪124‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪β 0 * = 0.052(H 0′ L0 )−0.38 exp 20(tan θ )1.5‬‬ ‫)‬
‫] ‪β 1 = 0.63 exp[3.8 tan θ‬‬
‫*‬
‫)‪(69-4‬‬
‫{‬
‫] ‪β * max = max 1.65, 0.53(H 0′ L0 )−0.29 exp[2.4 tan θ‬‬ ‫}‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ (H1/3)peak‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (39-2‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ (h1/3)peak‬ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (40-2‬ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -39 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -40 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‬
 ‫‪125‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (41-2‬ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪(70-4‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐﺯﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪Hb‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪= 0.17 1 − exp− 1.5‬‬
‫‪πh‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪1 + 15 tan 4 / 3 θ‬‬ ‫‪)‬‬ ‫)‪(70-4‬‬
‫‪L0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪L0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ‪ tan θ‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (42-2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -41 -2‬ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬

‫‪ (6‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ )‪ (37-2‬ﻭ )‪ (38-2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ )‪ (71-4‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪Hx‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪x ‬‬ ‫∞‪h + η‬‬
‫‪= B exp− A‬‬ ‫‪ +α‬‬ ‫)‪(71-4‬‬
‫‪H 0′‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪H 0′ ‬‬ ‫‪H 0′‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : H 0′‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫‪ :Hx‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫∞ ‪ : η‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪﺣﺪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮓ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪126‬‬

‫ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ α‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ 0/05‬ﻭ ‪ 0/33‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪((72-4‬‬
‫‪H 0′‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪A = 0.089‬‬ ‫‪+ 0.015 ‬‬
‫∞‪h +η‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(72-4‬‬
‫‪′‬‬
‫‪0.20 : 4 m > H 0 ≥ 2 m‬‬
‫‪α =‬‬
‫‪0.33 : H 0′ ≥ 4 m‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ B‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (37-2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ Hx = 0‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ h‬ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪(73-4‬‬
‫‪H x =0‬‬ ‫∞‪h + η‬‬
‫=‪B‬‬ ‫‪−α‬‬ ‫)‪(73-4‬‬
‫‪H 0′‬‬ ‫‪H 0′‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ∞ ‪ h + η‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪(74-4‬‬
‫∞‪h + η‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪= C0  1 + βα 2 ‬‬ ‫)‪(74-4‬‬
‫‪H 0′‬‬ ‫‪ 8‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ β=0.56‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮓ )‪ C0 ،(x=0‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪(75-4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ h + η x =0 ‬‬ ‫‪3 H‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪C0 = ‬‬ ‫‪ + β  x =0 ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫)‪(75-4‬‬
‫‪ H 0′ ‬‬ ‫‪8  H 0′ ‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ‪ η x=0‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ h‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-7-4‬ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ h‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺥ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ x‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺁﺏﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪Hmax,x‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (76-4‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫} ‪H max, x = min{0.78(h + η x ), 1.8 H x‬‬ ‫)‪(76-4‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ }‪ min{a, b‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ‪ a‬ﻳﺎ ‪ b‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ‪ η x‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ x‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪h +ηx‬‬ ‫‪3 H‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)‪(77-4‬‬
‫‪= C0 − β  x‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪H 0′‬‬ ‫‪8  H 0′‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ -6-4‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-6-4‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪127‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺤﺖﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ )ﺭﺟﻮﻉﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-6-4‬ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ(( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫»ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ« ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ( ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ‪ α‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ )ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ (h‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ‪ θ‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‪ Takada ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ h‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ )ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺧﻂ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ ،Miche‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ αc‬ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪(78-4‬‬
‫‪2α c sin 2 α c‬‬ ‫‪H 0′‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(78-4‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪L0‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ‪ αc‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (79-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪R  π‬‬ ‫‪η‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪=‬‬ ‫‪+  s − 1  K s‬‬ ‫‪:α > αc‬‬ ‫)‪(79-4‬‬
‫‪H 0′  2α  H 1  ‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ‪ H 0′‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪ Ks ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐﺧﺰﺵ‪ H1 ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺎﻱﺷﻴﺐ‪ η s ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ‪ R‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻱ ‪ Miche‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ Takada ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (80-4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ η s H 1‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪128‬‬

‫‪H1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ηs H1 = 1 + π‬‬ ‫‪coth kh. 1 +‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(80-4‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪4 sinh kh 4 cosh kh ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ‪ αc‬ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ‪ tan2/3α‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (81-4‬ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪2/3‬‬
‫‪R  π‬‬ ‫‪η‬‬ ‫‪   cot α c ‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+  s − 1  K s ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪:α < αc‬‬ ‫)‪(81-4‬‬
‫‪H 0′  2α c  H 1    cot α ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪ α = α c‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺗﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻼﻳﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪Takada‬‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪(82-4‬‬

‫‪R  Rmax R0  h R0‬‬
‫‪=‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪ +‬‬ ‫)‪(82-4‬‬
‫‪H 0′  H 0′ H 0′  hR H 0′‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ R0‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )‪ (h=0‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ R0 H 0′‬ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪(83-4‬‬
‫‪0.18(H 0′ L0 )−0.5‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪: 1:10‬‬
‫‪R ‬‬
‫) ‪= 0.075(H 0′ L0‬‬
‫‪−0.5‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪: 1:20‬‬ ‫)‪(83-4‬‬
‫‪H 0′ ‬‬
‫) ‪0.046 (H 0′ L0‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪: 1:30‬‬
‫‪−0.5‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (82-4‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪hR‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ، (42-2‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ‪ LR‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‪Rmax‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ‬ ‫‪hR‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ‪.(h=hR‬‬
 ‫‪129‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -42 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ‪ hR‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ )ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ( ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (43-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -43 -2‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺡﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (43-2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ B‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ‪ R‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ A‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ‪ A‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ B‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ‪ cot α‬ﻣﻨﺠﺮﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (44-2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪130‬‬

‫‪ -44‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪-2‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦﺩﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ %10‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 1:30‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (45-2‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 1:70‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -45 -2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (46-2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ‪ Kβ‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ β‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ‪ β‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ β‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪Kβ‬‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
 ‫‪131‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ )‪ (β=0‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (46-2‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (47-2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻲﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ )ﺑﻪﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-6-4‬ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -46 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ )ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ(‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪132‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -47 -2‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ -2-6-4‬ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫»ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ« ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑﺩﻳﮕﺮ »ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ« ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﺏﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﻕﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ‬
 ‫‪133‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ( ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ )‪ (48-2‬ﺗﺎ )‪ (51-2‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (15-2‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -15-2‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻧﺮﺥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬ ‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪2 gH 0′‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ 0/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬ ‫‪ 0/7‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬ ‫‪10-2‬‬

‫‪ 0/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 0/4‬ﺗﺎ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪10-3‬‬
‫‪ 0/1‬ﺗﺎ ‪5‬‬ ‫‪ 0/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪10-4‬‬
‫‪ 0/05‬ﺗﺎ ‪10‬‬ ‫‪ 0/1‬ﺗﺎ ‪5‬‬ ‫‪10-5‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪ (69-2‬ﻭ )‪ (72-2‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﭘﺎﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﭘﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺩﻳﻒﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﻲ ‪ Takayama‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪134‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -48 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪(1:30‬‬
‫‪135‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -49 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪(1:10‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪136‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -50 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪(1:30‬‬
‫‪137‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -51 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪(1:10‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪138‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﺮﺥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﻪﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ Goda ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ (16-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ Nagai‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻧﺮﺥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (17-2‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -16-2‬ﻣﺮﺯ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ )‪(m /m.s‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫‪0/2‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ ﺳﻨﮓﻓﺮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻦ‬
‫‪0/05‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ ﺳﻨﮓﻓﺮﺵﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬

‫‪0/05‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﻘﺐ‬

‫‪0/02‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻋﻘﺐ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫‪ 0/005‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺟﻠﻮ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -16-2‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ )‪ (m3/m.s‬ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪0/01‬‬
‫ﺁﺏﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪0/02‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ‬

‫‪ 0/02‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/06‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﺩﻭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1/0‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ؛ ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ β‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪β=0.9 ~ 0.7‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪β=0.6‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪β=1.0 ~ 0.5‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪139‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪β=1.7~ 1.0‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﭘﻠﻪﺍﻱ‪:‬‬

‫‪1 − sin 2 θ‬‬ ‫‪: θ ≤ 30 ‬‬
‫‪β =‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 − sin 30‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪: θ > 30 ‬‬

‫)‪ :θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻛﻞ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻛﻢﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (52-2‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪﺷﺪﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -52 -2‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻲﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻢﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ ‪ Smax‬ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪140‬‬

‫‪ -3-6-4‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﭘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ )ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ( ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (53-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﺲﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﭘﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(53-2‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (53-2‬ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻫﻚ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -53 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 80‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ )ﺍﻳﻦﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
 ‫‪141‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ‪ Kondo‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ )‪ (84-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﻴﭗ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪KT = 1 1 + kt H L‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(84-4‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ B ،kt=1.26 (B/d)0.67‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ d ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻒ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ H ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ)‪،(7‬‬ ‫‪Morihira‬‬ ‫ﺏ( ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻩﺣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-3-3‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺪﺑﺎﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻦ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-4‬ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ‬

‫‪ -1-7-4‬ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ ( 1‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪ 1:100‬ﻭ ‪ 1:10‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Goda‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ )‪ (54-2‬ﻭ )‪ (55-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )‪ ،H'0/L0‬ﻛﻪ ‪ H'0‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ‪ L0‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺪﺗﺮ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪142‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (56-2‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ‪ H'0/L0‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫~ ‪(0.1‬‬ ‫‪ 0/01‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/05‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ 0.15)H'0‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(57-2‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -54 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪(1:10‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -55 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ‪(1:100‬‬

‫‪143‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -56 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -57 -2‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪144‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-7-4‬ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ‪ Goda ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (85-4‬ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.04(η rms )0‬‬ ‫‪0.01H 0′‬‬
‫= ‪ζ rms‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪H 0′‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪h ‬‬ ‫‪H 0′‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪h ‬‬ ‫)‪(85-4‬‬
‫‪ 1 +‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ 1 +‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪L0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪H 0′ ‬‬ ‫‪L0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪H 0′ ‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ ζ rms‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ‪ (η rms )0 ،‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ H 0′ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪ L0 ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ ‪ h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻢﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ H 0′ L0‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8-4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﻌﻀﻲﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻢﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 15‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ »ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ« ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻼﻃﻤﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
 ‫‪145‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺁﺏﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﻩﺷﺪﻥ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻢ ﭘﻼﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 15‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺯ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Boussinesq‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺎﻛﺎﻓﻲﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (58-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ‪ α l‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -5-6‬ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -58 -2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪146‬‬

‫‪ -9-4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-9-4‬ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﺁﻻﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺎﻩﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏﻭﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺡﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺏ( ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ‬
‫پ( ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺕ( ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺙ( ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-9-4‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻦﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪147‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺟﻤﻊ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺮﺥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺪﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺶﺍﺯﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﺤﻤﻞ )ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ( ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ )ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺗﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﺶﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ(‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺻﻴﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 0/3‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻭ ‪ 0/5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻨﺞﻫﺎ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 2/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﻔﺖﻛﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻱﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﻙ(‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﺖﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮔﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻔﺘﻜﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮔﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻧﺎﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 0/3‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﺮﺥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -10-4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏﺭﺍﻫﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞﺳﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻲﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪148‬‬

‫ﻧ ﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (59-2‬ﺑﻪﻧﻈﺮﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ (8‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻭﻝ »ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ« ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫»ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ(‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻫﻼﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ´‪ ±19°28‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﺪﺍ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻼﻟﻲﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻼﻟﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -59 -2‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﭘﻼﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻃﻮﻝﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (86-4‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪gLt‬‬ ‫‪2πh‬‬
‫‪tanh‬‬ ‫‪=V 2‬‬ ‫‪: V < gh‬‬ ‫)‪(86-4‬‬
‫‪2π‬‬ ‫‪Lt‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Lt‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ )‪(m‬‬
 ‫‪149‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ :V‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ )‪(m/s‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (87-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪2π 2‬‬
‫= ‪L0‬‬ ‫‪V = 0.169Vk‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(87-4‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :L0‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :Vk‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ )‪Vk = 1.946V (m/s) :(kt‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪) Lt‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (L0‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ h‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (88-4‬ﻳﺎ )‪ (89-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2π‬‬ ‫‪ 2πh ‬‬ ‫‪ 2πh ‬‬
‫= ‪Tt‬‬ ‫‪Lt coth ‬‬ ‫‪ = T0 coth ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(88-4‬‬
‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪ Lt ‬‬ ‫‪ Lt ‬‬
‫‪2π‬‬
‫= ‪T0‬‬ ‫‪V = 0.330Vk‬‬ ‫)‪(89-4‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Tt‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪(s) h‬‬
‫‪ :T0‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ )‪(s‬‬
‫پ( ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﻫﺎﻱ )‪ (90-4‬ﻭ )‪ (91-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ld = Lt cos 2 θ‬‬ ‫)‪(90-4‬‬
‫‪Td = Tt cosθ‬‬ ‫)‪(91-4‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Ld‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :Td‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ )‪(s‬‬
‫‪ :θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ‪ Kelvin‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (60-2‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ θ‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ‪ θ‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 55‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ θ‬ﺑﻪﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ‪ Q‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ‪ α‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂﻫﻼﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪150‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -60 -2‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ (92-4‬ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪V ≤ 0.7 gh‬‬ ‫)‪(92-4‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (92-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (18-2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -18-2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬

‫‪30/0 25/0 20/0 17/5 15/0 12/5 10/0 7/5 5/0‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ‪(kt) Vk‬‬
‫‪49/6 34/4 22/0 16/9 12/4‬‬ ‫‪8/6‬‬ ‫‪5/5‬‬ ‫‪3/1 1/4‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪≤ (m) h‬‬

‫‪9/9‬‬ ‫‪8/3‬‬ ‫‪6/6‬‬ ‫‪5/8‬‬ ‫‪5/0‬‬ ‫‪4/1‬‬ ‫‪3/3‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ‪2/5 1/7 (s) T0‬‬
 ‫‪151‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (93-4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪1/ 3‬‬
‫‪ L ‬‬ ‫‪E HPW‬‬
‫‪H0 =  s ‬‬ ‫)‪(93-4‬‬
‫‪ 100 ‬‬ ‫‪1620 LsVK‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :H0‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ )‪ ،(m‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Ls‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :Vk‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ :EHPW‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(W‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺡﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪EHPW‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪E HPW = E HP − E HPF‬‬ ‫)‪(94-4‬‬
‫‪E HP = 0.6 S HPm‬‬ ‫)‪(95-4‬‬
‫‪E HPF = 0.5 ρSV0 C F‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪(96-4‬‬
‫‪S ≈ 2.5 ∇Ls‬‬ ‫)‪(97-4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ VL‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(98-4‬‬
‫‪C F = 0.075  log 0 s − 2 ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :SHPm‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ )‪(W‬‬
‫‪ :ρ0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪ (kg/m3‬؛ )‪ρ0 =1030(kg/m3‬‬
‫)‪(m/s‬؛ ‪V0 = 0.514VK‬‬ ‫‪ :V0‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ :CF‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ‬
‫‪ :v‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﺰﺟﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺏ )‪(m2/s‬؛ )‪v = 1.2 × 10-6 (m2/s‬‬

‫∇ ‪ :‬ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(m3‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (93-4‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﻓﺮﺽ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻳﺪﻙﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ H0‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1/0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2/0‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺪﻙﻛﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ s-1/3‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ‪ s‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ 3‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪152‬‬

‫‪1/ 3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ 100 ‬‬ ‫‪ Vk‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪H max‬‬ ‫‪= H0 ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(99-4‬‬
‫‪ s ‬‬ ‫‪ VK‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Hmax‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :s‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :Vk‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ )‪(kt‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ‪ s‬ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (99-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ s‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪ (99-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ‪ Ls‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Hmax/Lt‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ‪ 0/14‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ θ = 50º‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (100-4‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Hlimit=0.010 Vk2‬‬ ‫)‪(100-4‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Hlimit‬ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺩﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ )ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (88-4‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ )ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻞﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻃﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ ،Kelvin‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﻂﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ‪ θ=35.3º‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ θ‬ﺑﻪ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ‬ ‫‪θ=35.3º‬‬ ‫پ( ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (60-2‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ Td‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (91-4‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ)‪ (60-2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ Q‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺒﺪﺍ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ P‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ V‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪ Q‬ﺑﻪ ‪ O‬ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﺎﺯﻱ( ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
 ‫‪153‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻫﻼﻟﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ )‪ Vk (m/s‬ﺑﻪ ‪gh‬‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪5‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
 ‫‪155‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ -1-5‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫)‪ -2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ( ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫)‪ -4‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ( ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺏ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫پ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺕ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻌﻀﻲﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺸﻜﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪﻧﻈﺮﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻠﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪156‬‬

‫‪ -2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬

‫‪ -1-2-5‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﻤﻴﻦﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺠﺰ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ )ﺣﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ( ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬

‫‪ -1-2-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ p1‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ *‪ η‬ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
 ‫‪157‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ p2‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (1-5‬ﺗﺎ )‪ (4-5‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪η * = 0.75(1 + cos β )λ1 H D‬‬ ‫)‪(1-5‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪p 1 = 0.5(1 + cos β ) α 1 λ 1 + α 2 λ 2 cos 2 β ρ 0 gH D‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫)‪(2-5‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬
‫= ‪p2‬‬ ‫)‪(3-5‬‬
‫) ‪cosh (2πh L‬‬
‫‪p3 = α 3 p1‬‬ ‫)‪(4-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫*‪ :η‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :p1‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :p2‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :p3‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ )ﺟﻠﻮﻱ( ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :ρ0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ )‪(t/m3‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺶ )‪(m/s2‬‬
‫‪ :β‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪15‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ λ1‬ﻭ ‪ :λ2‬ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ‪ 1/0‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ h‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (3‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :HD‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (3‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1  4πh L ‬‬
‫‪α 1 = 0.6 + ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(5-5‬‬
‫‪2  sinh (4πh L ) ‬‬

‫‪ h − d  H D  2 d ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪x2 = min  b‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ,‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(6-5‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪h‬‬‫‪b ‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪D ‬‬

‫‪h' ‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪α3 = 1 −‬‬ ‫‪1 −‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(7-5‬‬
‫‪h  cosh (2πh L ) ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :hb‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :d‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺝ ﭘﺸﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )‪(m‬‬
‫'‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫}‪ :min{a,b‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ a‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻛﻒ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ‪ pu‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪(8-5‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪158‬‬

‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪pu = 0.5(1 + cos β )α 1α 3 λ3 ρ 0 gH D‬‬ ‫)‪(8-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :pu‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :λ3‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ‪ 1/0‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ HD‬ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ ،L‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪(9-5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪H D = H max‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(9-5‬‬
‫‪H max‬‬ ‫‪= 1.8 H 1 3 ‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Hmax‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :H1/3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ HD‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬ ‫‪Goda‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻚﺟﻤﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-2-5‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪Goda‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
 ‫‪159‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (61-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ‪β‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (62-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -61 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -62 -2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ‪β‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ ،Goda‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 1/8‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ‪ %2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ (36-4‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -5-5-4‬ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ((‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺶﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪160‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﻜﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﻏﻴﺮﺍﻳﻦﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (73-4‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -6-5-4‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻛﻮﻻﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ hb‬ﺑﻪ ‪ h‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ‪ 1/8‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (9-5‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-3-1-4‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪ λ1‬ﻭ ‪ λ2‬ﻭ ‪λ3‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪Goda‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (1-5‬ﺗﺎ )‪ (8-5‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ‪ 1/0‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -4-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪Sainflou‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Hiroi‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪Goda‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ α1‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-5‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ (h/L‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪1/1‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 0/6‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪α2‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ ،Goda‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪α2‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (6-5‬ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ )ﻣﺜﻼ ‪،(d=h‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫‪α2‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ d=0‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ α2‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 1/1‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ α1‬ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 1/1‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ p1‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 2.2ρ0gHD‬ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪α2‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪hb‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺛﺮﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻫﻢﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ‬
 ‫‪161‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 5H1/3‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺫﻛﺮﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﭼﻨﻴﻦﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ ،Goda‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (6-5‬ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ α2‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ‪ α1‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-2-5‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﻭ‬ ‫‪Takahashi‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ α1‬ﺍﺯ ‪ α2‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ α1‬ﺑﻪﺟﺎﻱ ‪ α2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Goda‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ ،Goda‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -7-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ Goda‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﻬﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ‪ ،cos2β‬ﻛﻪ ‪ β‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ ،β‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﻱ ‪ β=90°‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ β‬ﺑﻪﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ β=90°‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻲﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫)ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ( ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪α2‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (2-5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺏﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ cos2β‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺿﺮﺏﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ )‪ ،0.5(1+cosβ‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻫﻢﻧﻬﻲ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻫﻢﻧﻬﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺩﻭﻗﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪162‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‪،‬‬ ‫‪Tanimoto‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -4-5-4‬ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻒﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ Bretschneider-Mitsuyasu‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫‪ Tanimoto‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻛﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Nakata‬ﻭ ‪ Terauchi‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ‪ λh‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(10‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ Tanimoto .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺫﻭﺯﻧﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪Kimura‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ Morihira .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪Hosoyamada‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ )ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ( ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪Hosoyamada‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫‪Morihira‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻃﻴﻒ ﻭﺳﻴﻊﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ )‪ ،(7‬ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -4-2-3‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪(11‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫‪p′u‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (63-2‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ‪ pu‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (8-5‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ‪ p′u‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪163‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -63 -2‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬

‫‪(12‬ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-2-5‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(13‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ )ﺷﻤﻊ( ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻲ( ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Nagai‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ‬
‫‪ Hayashi‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ ،Goda‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪164‬‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (64-2‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫‪0.5HD‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ‬ ‫‪pn‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ pn‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (10-5‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪p n = 0.5 ρ 0 gH D‬‬ ‫)‪(10-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :pn‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :ρ0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪(t/m3 1/03‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺶ )‪(m/s2 9/81‬‬
‫‪ :HD‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ )‪(m‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -64 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻛﻒ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (64-2‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﺕ ‪) pn‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ((10-5‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪HD‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺿﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Goda‬ﻭ ‪ Kakizaki‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﻪﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻌﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪165‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ -3-2-5‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﻪﻧﺤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ) ‪.( 1.0 ρ 0 gH D‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻫﻤﻴﻦﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕﻛﻠﻲ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ β‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪20‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ،1:30‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ (0/03‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﻴﺐ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻼﻳﻢﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1:50‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻗﻠﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪166‬‬

‫ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/6‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺧﻲﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﻥﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻭﻳﮋﻩ ‪ Mitsuyasu‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ‪ 1:25 ،1:50‬ﻭ ‪ 1:15‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪hM‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Mitsuyasu‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪((11-5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫‪hM‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫‪= C M  0‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪(11-5‬‬
‫‪H0‬‬ ‫‪ L0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪C M = 0.59 − 3.2 tan θ‬‬ ‫)‪(12-5‬‬
‫‪ :H0‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :L0‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ : tan θ‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ CM‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Horikawa ،Hom-ma‬ﻭ ‪ Hase‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ 1:15‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪167‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (65-2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Mitsuyasu‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ p‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻲﺑﻌﺪﺳﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ‬
‫‪ ρ0 gH D‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻛﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺏ( ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪)(1‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (65-2‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ Hmax‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ Hmax‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 5H1/3‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (65-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ Hb ،‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ Hmax‬ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺗﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -65 -2‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬

‫پ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪ Takahashi‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ 1:10‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 3:100‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻱ )ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺧﺎﺹ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪168‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ )ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ(‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪Takahashi‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪αI‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ‪ ،H/d‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ‪ d/h‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ‪ BM/L‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ ،H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ αI‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﺏ ‪ αI0‬ﺩﺭ ‪ αI1‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪) :‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (13-5‬ﻭ )‪((14-5‬‬
‫‪α I = α I 0α I 1‬‬ ‫)‪(13-5‬‬
‫‪H d : H d ≤ 2‬‬
‫‪α I0 = ‬‬ ‫)‪(14-5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪:H d>2‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (66-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ αI1‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ αI1 .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ d/h‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 0/4‬ﻭ ‪ BM/L‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 0/12‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ αI‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ αI‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫‪αI‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (87-2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪α2‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪﺟﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪αI‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪α2‬‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (13-5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ ،αI‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ H/h‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 0/60‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ αI‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -66 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪αI1‬‬

 ‫‪169‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺏ( ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪Mizuno‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ‪ Tanimoto‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ β‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ‪ β‬ﺑﻪ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﺎ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ‪ β‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪20‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺑﻪﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪Shimosako‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Takahashi ،Goda‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪αI‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ (2.5 ~ 3.0 )ρ 0 gH‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺑﻪﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺸﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪170‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻛﺎﻓﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ Goda‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫*‪ p1 ،η‬ﻭ ‪ pu‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (2-5) ،(1-5‬ﻭ )‪ (8-5‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ λ2 ،λ1‬ﻭ ‪ λ3‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪Goda‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ Goda‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ‪ λ2 ،λ1‬ﻭ ‪ λ3‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Tanimoto‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ Takahashi ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ Sekino ،‬ﻭ ‪ ،Kakuno‬ﻭ ‪ Tanaka‬ﻭ ‪ Abe‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ λ2‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ‪ λ1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ‪ λ3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ‪ λ1‬ﻭ ‪ λ3‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪Takahashi‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪λ3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ λ2‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ λ1‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪) H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (16-5) ، (15-5‬ﻭ )‪ (17-5‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪1.0‬‬ ‫‪: H h ≤ 0.3‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪λ1 = 1.2 − (2 3)(H h ) : 0.3 < H h ≤ 0.6‬‬ ‫)‪(15-5‬‬
‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪: H h > 0.6‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪λ3 = λ1‬‬ ‫)‪(16-5‬‬
‫‪λ2 = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(17-5‬‬
 ‫‪171‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ λ1‬ﻭ ‪ λ3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 0/8‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-2-5‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ Ito .‬ﻭ ‪ Tanimoto‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻏﻴﺮﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪-3-4-5-4‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (18-5‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫} ‪H D′ = min{K c H D , K cb H b‬‬ ‫)‪(18-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :H′D‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :Kc‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ؛ ‪Kc ≥ 1.0‬‬
‫‪ :Kcb‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ؛ ‪Kcb ≈ 1.4‬‬
‫‪ :HD‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :Hb‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(m‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪172‬‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ Kc‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (18-5‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (19-5‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-4-5-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ(‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Kc = H S‬‬ ‫}) ‪{H I (1 + K R‬‬ ‫)‪(19-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :HS‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :HI‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :KR‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺑﻪﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺫﻛﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Kc‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Kc‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1/0‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ‪ Kcb‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1/4‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6-2-5‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫‪ -1-7-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲﻛﻪ‬
 ‫‪173‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Tominaga‬ﻭ ‪ Kutsumi‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Horikawa ،Hom-ma‬ﻭ ‪ Hase‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻴﻤﻪﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-7-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺑﺮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺶ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ )‪(CERC‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Tominaga‬ﻭ ‪ Kutsumi‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺑﺮ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ )ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺿﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺳﻘﻒ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺳﻘﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Goda‬‬ ‫ﺳﻘﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪174‬‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺷﻜﺎﻑﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Takahashi‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪λ‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺷﻜﺎﻑﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬ ‫‪Goda‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍژﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺳﻘﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺳﻘﻒ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﺶﺍﺯﺣﺪ ﺑﺰﺭگﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺳﻘﻒ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻚ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻋﻤﻼ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-5‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫‪ -1-3-5‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (20-5‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρr H 3‬‬
‫= ‪M‬‬ ‫)‪(20-5‬‬
‫)‪N s (S r − 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :M‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ )‪(t‬‬
‫‪ :ρr‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ )‪(t/m3‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :NS‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ :Sr‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
 ‫‪175‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ (KD‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Hudson‬ﺑﻪﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪Hudson‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪Hudson‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ )ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪Husdon‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫‪ (Hudson‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (20-5‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ )ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ( ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪ Dn = (M ρ r‬ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ‪ ∆ = S r − 1‬ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫)‪ ،(20-5‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪H (∆Dn ) = N S‬‬ ‫)‪(20-5‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ) ‪ 1 (∆N S‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Hudson‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ )ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ H‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ H‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (20-5‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ Hudson‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡﺑﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (20-5‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ NS‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ NS‬ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ )ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪176‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ )ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ(‬
‫ﺏ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ؛ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ(‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫)پ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ )ﺷﺎﺧﺺﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫)ﺕ( ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ(‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ NS‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻢﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ‪ (%10‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫‪ 1/0‬ﺗﺎ ‪) 2/0‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ NS‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪KD‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ‪Hudson‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،1959‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Hudson‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Iribarren-Hudson‬ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪(21-5‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ KDcotα‬ﺑﻪﺟﺎﻱ ‪ NS‬ﺑﺴﻂ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‬
‫‪N S = K D cot α‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪(21-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :α‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻓﻖ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪ :KD‬ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Hudson‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ KD‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪177‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ Hudson‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ((20-5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ )ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺪ( ﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ KD‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ Hudson‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ NS‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ KD‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ α‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (21-5‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ KD‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪KD‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ NS‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ KD‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖﺑﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ )ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ(‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Van der Meer‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ Van der Meer ،1987‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ )‪ (23-5) ،(22-5‬ﻭ )‪ (24-5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪van der‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ Meer‬ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ H2%‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ %2‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ‪ H1/20‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫{‬
‫‪N S = max N spl , N ssr‬‬ ‫}‬ ‫)‪(22-5‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪N spl = 6.2C H P 0.18 S 0.2 N 0.1 I r‬‬
‫‪−0.5‬‬
‫)‪(23-5‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪N ssr = C H P −0.13 S 0.2 N 0.1 (cot α ) I r‬‬
‫‪0.5‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬
‫)‪(24-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Nspl‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻳﺰ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪ :Nssr‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺧﻴﺰﺷﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪) ( tan α‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ(‬ ‫‪S om‬‬
‫‪0.5‬‬
‫‪ :Ir‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪) Iribarren‬‬
‫‪ :Som‬ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(H1/3/L0‬‬
‫‪( L0 = gT1 / 3 2 2π‬‬ ‫‪, g = 9.81 m s 2‬‬ ‫‪ :L0‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ )‬
‫‪ :T1/3‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫‪) [ 1.4 (H 1 / 20‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 1/0‬ﺍﺳﺖ(‬ ‫‪ :CH‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ] = ) ‪H 1 / 3‬‬

‫‪ :H1/3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬

‫‪ :H1/20‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﻚﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪((67-2‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪178‬‬

‫‪ :α‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻓﻖ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬

‫‪((M‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫) ‪ρr‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ :D‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )‬ ‫‪n50‬‬

‫‪ :M50‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ %50‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ(‬
‫‪ :P‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪((68-2‬‬
‫‪) ( S = A‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪((19-2‬‬ ‫‪Dn 50‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :S‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ )‬
‫‪ :A‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪((69-2‬‬
‫‪ :N‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ )ﺣﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ H1/20‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (67-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 5H1/3‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ‪ H′0‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ S‬ﺷﺎﺧﺼﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ‪ A‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ((69-2‬ﺑﺮ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ‪ Dn50‬ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ ،(19-2‬ﺳﻪﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪N=1000‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -19-2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ S‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3-5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1:1/5‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4-6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1:2‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪6-9‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1:3‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪8-12‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1:4‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪8-12‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1:6‬‬
‫‪179‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -67 -2‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ H1/20‬ﺑﻪ ‪) H1/3‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ H1/20‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 5H1/3‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ(‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪180‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -68 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪P‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -69 -2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ‪A‬‬

‫‪ (7‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Van der Meer‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪NS‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪ Burcharth‬ﻭ ‪ Liu‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‪ -‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ(‬
‫ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‪ -‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (25-5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫({‬
‫‪N S = C H a N 0 N 0.5‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪0.2‬‬
‫}‬
‫‪+b‬‬ ‫)‪(25-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :N0‬ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ )ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ Dn‬ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ Dn ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ، Dn = (M ρ r )1 3 :‬ﻛﻪ ‪ M‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
 ‫‪181‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ :CH‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ؛ ) ‪) C H = 1.4 (H 1 / 20 H 1 / 3‬ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ H 1 / 20 H 1 / 3 = 1.4‬ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ‪( C H = 1.0‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪cotα=4/3‬‬ ‫ﻭ ‪ :b‬ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ‪ ،KD=8.3‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫‪ a=2.32‬ﻭ ‪ ،b=1.33‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ cotα=1.5‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ a=2.32 ،‬ﻭ ‪(b=1.42‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ )ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪Takahashi‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 0/3‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬ ‫‪N0‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪ 1000‬ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ Takahashi‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢﻭﺑﻴﺶ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ KD‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N0=0.3‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ %1‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺯﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﻪﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ 1-3-5‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ‪ Hudson‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ‪ %10‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ %30‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (20-5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(10‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺿﻌﻴﻒﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻴﺶﺍﺯ ‪ 1.5H1/3‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(11‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Van de Kreeke‬ﺑﺎ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ )ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ(‪30 ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪45 ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫‪β‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻧﻈﺮﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫)ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (62-2‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-2-2-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ( ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺟﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪Christensen‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(12‬ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪182‬‬

‫‪(13‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﭙﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻪﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺗﭙﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻴﺰﺷﻲ ﭘﺨﺶﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ‬
‫ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺑﺮ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺑﻪﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺑﺮ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(14‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ )ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ(‬
‫ﺑﻪﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻦﻣﻌﻨﺎﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ )ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ( ﺑﻪﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪(15‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻳﺰ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(16‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Hudson‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ((20-5‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(17‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺤﻮﻩﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ )ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(18‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪183‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺳﻪﺑﺎﺭ )ﺑﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ( ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺻﻮﻟﻲ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ‪1000‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺳﻪﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩﻣﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﻜﻞﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 1.5H‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪Hudson‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ( ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪1/0‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-5‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (26-5‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρr H 3‬‬
‫=‪M‬‬ ‫)‪(26-5‬‬
‫)‪N S (S r − 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :M‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ )‪(t‬‬
‫‪ :ρr‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ )‪(t/m3‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :NS‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ :Sr‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ )ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-3-5‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪184‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ Hudson‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﭘﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Brebner‬‬ ‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ( ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (20-5‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬ ‫‪Hudson‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪Donnelly‬‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ NS‬ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫‪NS‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ )ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Donnelly‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Brebner‬‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪Katayama‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Inagaki‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫‪NS‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (29-5) ،(28-5) ،(27-5‬ﻭ )‪ (30-5‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪ Tanimoto‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫‪Tanimoto‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Kimura ،Takahashi‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ Tanimoto‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻄﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪Tanimoto‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1 − κ h′‬‬

‫‪N S = max 1.8, 1.3 1‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪+ 1.8 exp − 1.5‬‬
‫(‬‫‪1 − κ ) h′  ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪BM L′ < 0.25‬‬ ‫)‪(27-5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ :‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪κ 3 H1 3‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪κ 3 H 1 3  ‬‬
‫‪κ = κ 1 (κ 2 )B‬‬ ‫)‪(28-5‬‬
‫‪4πh′ L ′‬‬
‫= ‪κ1‬‬ ‫)‪(29-5‬‬
‫)‪sinh (4πh′ L ′‬‬

‫‪(κ 2 )B = max{α s sin 2 β cos 2 (2πl cos β‬‬ ‫)‪L′), cos 2 β sin 2 (2πl cos β L′‬‬ ‫}‬ ‫)‪(30-5‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪185‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫'‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﭘﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮕﻲ )ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ( )‪) (m‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪((70-2‬‬
‫‪ :l‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪(m) BM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‪ BM ،‬ﻳﺎ '‪ ،BM‬ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ (κ 2 )B‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪((70-2‬‬
‫‪ :L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ '‪(m) h‬‬
‫‪ :αs‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )=‪(0/45‬‬
‫‪ :β‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪((71-2‬‬
‫‪ :H1/3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺗﺎ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -70 -2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺏ( ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺸﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Sudo‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫*‪NS‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (31-5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ N‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ‪ (%) DN‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -71 -2‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪186‬‬

‫]}) ‪N S = N S [D N exp{0.3(1 − 500 N‬‬

‫*‬ ‫‪0.25‬‬ ‫)‪(31-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ NS‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Tanimoto‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ N=500‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ %1‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻝﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ %3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ %5‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ N=1000‬ﻭ ‪ DN=5%‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ‪NS*=1.44NS‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚﺳﻮﻡ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ N=500‬ﻭ ‪DN=1%‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ NS‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﭘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ‪ h′ H 1 / 3 ≥ 1‬ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ h′ H 1 / 3 < 1‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ‪ Tanimoto‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ‪ h′ H 1 / 3‬ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ h′ H 1 / 3‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻻﻳﻪ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻚﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪ (31-5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻢ ‪ DN=1%‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ N=1000‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺑﻪﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻡ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ Tanimoto‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ κ‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (28-5‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪κ = κ 1 (κ 2 )T‬‬ ‫)‪(32-5‬‬
 ‫‪187‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪(κ 2 )T‬‬ ‫‪= 0.22‬‬ ‫)‪(33-5‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ ‪ 1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ‬

‫‪ -1-4-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺛﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Morison‬ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Morison‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺿﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪Morison‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (34-5‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪f n = C D ρ 0 u n u n D∆S + C M ρ 0 α n A∆S‬‬ ‫)‪(34-5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : f n‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪ (m) ∆S‬ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ )‪(kN‬‬
‫‪ : α n , u n‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ )‪ (m/s‬ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ )‪ (m/s2‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻀﻮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ )ﻫﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪) ( f n‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺛﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ(‬
‫‪ : u n‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ‪(m/s) u n‬‬
‫‪ :CD‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ‬
‫‪ :CM‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ )ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺮﻡ(‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪188‬‬

‫‪ :D‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ f n‬ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :A‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻀﻮ )‪(m2‬‬
‫‪ :ρ0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ‪(1/03 t/m3‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (34-5‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Morison‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ‪ ∆S‬ﻳﻚ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ‪ u n‬ﻭ ‪ α n‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (34-5‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻀﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻓﺮﺽﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲﺑﺮ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻻﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺮﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-1-4‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ( ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ‪ CD‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ )‪ (Re‬ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫)ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ (KC‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Keulegan-Carpenter‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪CD‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 1/0‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ CD‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/7‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪189‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ‪ CM‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ ،Reynolds‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ ،KC‬ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚﺩﻫﻢ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ CM=2.0‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ،(34-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺁ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻻﻏﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ (30-2‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-7‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ‬
‫‪CM‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚﺩﻫﻢ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (20-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ CM‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ‪ Stelson‬ﻭ ‪ Mavis‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Hamada‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ 1/4‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2/3‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ،Chakrabarti ،Nakamura ،Yamaguchi ،Goda ،Sarpkaya ،Carpenter‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪Keulegan‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪Tashiro‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Koderayama‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Oda‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-4-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻩﺣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪190‬‬

‫ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪٴ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -20-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫‪(l>D) 2/0‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫‪D 2l‬‬
‫‪4‬‬

‫‪(l>D) 2/19‬‬ ‫‪D 2l‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬

‫‪1/67‬‬ ‫‪D3‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬

‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪π 3‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﻩ‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪D l = 1 →00/61‬‬
‫‪.61‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪D 2l‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ‬
‫‪D l = 2 → 00/85‬‬
‫‪.85‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪D l = ∞ → 11/.0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ MacCamy‬ﻭ ‪ Fuchs‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪Yoshimura‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Goda‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ‪ CM‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Yamaguchi‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻛﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﮕﺮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪191‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫‪ -5-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬

‫‪ -1-5-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﻮﺩ )ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ )ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ(‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-72-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-72-2‬ﺏ( ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -72 -2‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪192‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺖ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ(‬
‫ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻣﻨﺘﻮﻡ ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Goda‬ﻣﻄﺮﺡﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ‪ ،von Karman‬ﻭﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (35-5‬ﻭ )‪ (36-5‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ρ0 g‬‬ ‫‪2πh  H s ′ ‬‬
‫‪P =ζ‬‬ ‫‪HLB tanh‬‬ ‫‪ − ‬‬ ‫)‪(35-5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪L  s′ H ‬‬
‫‪H2‬‬ ‫‪2πh‬‬ ‫)‪(36-5‬‬
‫‪s′ = s − π‬‬ ‫‪coth‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :P‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻞ )‪(kN‬‬
‫‪ : ζ‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫‪ : ρ 0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(1/03 t/m3‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺶ )‪(9/81 m/s2‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ )‪) (m‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪(Hmax‬‬
‫‪ :L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :B‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :s‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ )‪(m‬‬
‫'‪ :s‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻭ ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻟﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻣﺪﺕ ‪) τ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ((37-5‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪πTl 2‬‬ ‫‪s′‬‬
‫=‪τ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(37-5‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪H 2 − s′2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ T‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ‪ l‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﻪﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ L‬ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (35-5‬ﺑﻪﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ )ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ‪ ζ = 1.0‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ H s ′‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Wagner‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪Tanimoto‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ‪ β‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ‪ Vn‬ﺍﺯ‬
 ‫‪193‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪Stokes‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫‪Stokes‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻛﻒ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻛﻒ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻪﺩﺍﻡﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻮﺟﺎﺝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ(‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Ito‬ﻭ ‪ Takeda‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪40‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ‪ 1/0‬ﻭ ‪ 2/4‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪ 56‬ﻭ ‪ 60‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (38-5‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪p = ρ 0 g (8 H − 4.5 s‬‬ ‫)‪(38-5‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :p‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : ρ 0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(1/03 t/m3‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺶ )‪(9/81 m/s2‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ )‪(Hmax) (m‬‬
‫‪ :s‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (38-5‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ‪ p‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ‪) q‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ )‪ ((kN/m2‬ﭘﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎ ﭘﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦﺍﺳﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻓﺮﻭ‬ ‫‪Takeda‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Ito‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ‪2/4‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‪ q ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ‪ H‬ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪((39-5‬‬
‫) ‪q = ρ 0 g (1.6 H − 0.9 s‬‬ ‫)‪(39-5‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (39-5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﻚﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (38-5‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪Takeda‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Ito‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﻥﺣﺪﻱ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪194‬‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ‪ %20‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﻪﺷﺪﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﭘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ )ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺠﺰ ﺣﻔﺮﺍﺕ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ Ito ،‬ﻭ ‪ Takeda‬ﻛﺮﻧﺶﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻭﺻﻞﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (kN/m2‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪p = 4 ρ 0 gH‬‬ ‫)‪(40-5‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ s‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪ (40-5‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Murota‬ﻭ ‪ Nagai ،Furudoi‬ﻭ ‪ Horikawa ،Kubo‬ﻭ ‪ ،Nakao‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ Sawaragi‬ﻭ ‪ Nochino‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺖ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ(‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Tanimoto‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ‪ Wagner‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ(‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Ito‬ﻭ ‪ Takeda‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (41-5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪p = 2 ρ0 gH‬‬ ‫)‪(41-5‬‬
 ‫‪147‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫‪F0‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﺏ‬

‫‪ 1‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪ )‪ (Tide‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ( ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻥ »ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ« )‪ (Astronomical tide‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ »ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫)ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ( ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ »ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ« )‪ (Meteorological tide‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭﺍژﻩ »ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪ« ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻭﺍژﻩ‬
‫»ﻛﺸﻨﺪ«‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪197‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫‪ -1-6‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﺲﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ )ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ( ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻪﻧﺪﺭﺕ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺥ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ )ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪ( ﻭ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻧﻘﺸﻲ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻣﺪﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ‪ ،IPCC‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (73-2‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬ ‫‪cm‬‬ ‫ﺁﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 1990‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ،2100‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15 cm‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ‬ ‫‪IPCC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺭﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪ ،IPCC‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻪﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﻛﻤ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﺗﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪198‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ )‪(cm‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -73 -2‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪IPCC‬‬

‫‪ -2-6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻚﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(MSL‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻩﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﻳﻚﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ )‪(CDL‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ )‪ ،(1‬ﻓﺼﻞ )‪ -2‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ )‪(HWL‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ‪ 2‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ »ﺟﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ« )ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮ( ﺗﺎ ‪ 4‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪199‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫ﺕ( ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ )‪(LWL‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ‪ 2‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ »ﺟﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ« )ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮ( ﺗﺎ ‪ 4‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ( ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺪ )‪(MHWL‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺟﺰﺭ )‪(MLWL‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺰﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫چ( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ )‪(NHHWL‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ (O1‬ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬ ‫)‪K1 ،S2 ،M2‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻫﻢﻧﻬﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫‪M2‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞﻫﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪O1‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻢﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ K1 ،‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ‪ -‬ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪﻱ ﻭ‬ ‫‪S2‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻢﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥﺑﺮ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ )‪ (HWOST‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ )‪ (LWOST‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ h‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫‪S2‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪M2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫‪h‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪ HWOST‬ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ )‪ (CD‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ )‪ ،(CDL‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (74-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪200‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫)ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ(‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫)ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ(‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫)‪(HWL=HWOST‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ‪ 5‬ﺳﺎﻝﺍﺧﻴﺮ)‪(MSL‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ )‪(LWL=LWOST‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ )‪ WDL‬ﻳﺎ ‪(CDL‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ )‪(DL‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -74 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ‬

‫‪ -3-6‬ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻩﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﻼﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﺲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻠﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﭘﺮﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻢﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ« ﺑﻪﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺭ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ‬
 ‫‪201‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‪» ،‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻩﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ )ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ(‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺣﺪﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺰﺭگﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﻩﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ‪30‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﭘﺲﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﺠﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻮﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ‪ α‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫)‪ η0 (cm‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (1-6‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪η0 = k‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪(U cosα )2‬‬ ‫)‪(1-6‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :F‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ )ﻣﻮﺝﮔﺎﻩ( )‪(km‬‬
‫‪ :U‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ k‬ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﻲ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ) ‪ ∆P (hPa‬ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ) ‪ ζ (cm‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (2-6‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ζ = 0.99 ∆P‬‬ ‫)‪(2-6‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : ∆P‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ )‪(hPa‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪202‬‬

‫‪ : ζ‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ )‪(cm‬‬

‫پ( ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪ (3-6‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻜﺶ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪η 0 = a(1010 − P ) + bU 2 cos θ + c‬‬ ‫)‪(3-6‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : η0‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ )‪(cm‬‬
‫‪ :P‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ )‪(hPa‬‬
‫‪ :U‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪U‬‬ ‫‪ : θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫)ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ‪ b ،a‬ﻭ ‪ c‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﻱ )ﺑﻪ )‪) (1‬ﺝ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺰﺟﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ( ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Myer‬ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪ 50‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 100‬ﺳﺎﻝ( ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﻥﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺴﻜﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪203‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ )ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ(‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (55-2‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-7-4‬ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ( ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ‪ %10‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-6‬ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ( ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺧﺰﺵ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﺑﻪﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺯﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍژﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺯﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (75-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪204‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -75 -2‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﺯﺵ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ »ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ«‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ )‪ (CDL‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﻫﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ )‪(CDL‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ )ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﺷﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ )‪ (CDL‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ( ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺪﺳﺖﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
 ‫‪205‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Green‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪((4-6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪H  B0  2  h0 ‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪(4-6‬‬
‫‪=   ‬‬
‫‪H0  B   h ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ B‬ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪(m) h‬‬
‫‪ :H0‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ B0‬ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪(m) h0‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (4-6‬ﺩﺭﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺗﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪Akita Prefecture‬‬ ‫)‪ (1983‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬ ‫‪Nihonkai-Chubu‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ‪ 5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪1/200‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺗﻨﺪ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ (1/50‬ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺟﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ،Oga‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪206‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻲﺭﻏﻢ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ »ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ« ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ »ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ« ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻲ )ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﮔﺴﻞ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ )ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪Mano‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Iwasaki‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Hom-ma‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﻣﻨﺘﻮﻡ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻣﻨﺘﻮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻨﻴﮓ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺮﻳﺾﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺖ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﻪ )‪ ،(Aperture loss‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (76-2‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ‪ h/L<0.04‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ η = 1.5 H‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ p = 1.1ρ 0 gH‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻳﻦﺩﻭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ p‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪207‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -76 -2‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬

‫‪ -5-6‬ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻩﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﻲ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 2‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺥ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻪﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺣﻔﺮﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﭘﻼﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ‪ 10‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (77-2‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-6‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪208‬‬

‫)ﺏ(‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻒ(‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -77 -2‬ﺭﻳﺨﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬

‫‪4l‬‬
‫=‪T‬‬ ‫)‪(5-6‬‬
‫)‪(2m + 1‬‬ ‫‪gh‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :T‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‪(s‬‬
‫‪ :l‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :m‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ )‪(... ،2 ،1 ،0‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ )‪(9/81 m/s2) (m/s2‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪﻓﻘﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺑﻪﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻫﻤﻴﻦﺩﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻲ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪) :‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪((6-6‬‬
‫‪4l‬‬
‫‪T =α‬‬ ‫)‪(6-6‬‬
‫‪gh‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫‪ : α‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (7-6‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ 2b ‬‬ ‫‪πb ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(7-6‬‬
‫‪α = 1 +  0.9228 − ln ‬‬
‫‪ πl ‬‬ ‫‪4l  ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :l‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :b‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ‪ α‬ﺑﻪﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ‪ b/l‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (21-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -21-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪b/l‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1/064‬‬ ‫‪1/106‬‬ ‫‪1/163‬‬ ‫‪1/187‬‬ ‫‪1/217‬‬ ‫‪1/261‬‬ ‫‪1/320‬‬ ‫‪α‬‬
 ‫‪209‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-77-2‬ﺏ( ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (8-6‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫=‪T‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ m   n  ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(8-6‬‬
‫‪gh   +   ‬‬
‫‪ l   b  ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :b‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :m‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ )‪(... ،2 ،1 ،0‬‬
‫‪ :n‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ )‪(... ،2 ،1 ،0‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺘﻼﻃﻤﻲﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱﺁﻥﻧﻴﺴﺖﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻲﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ‪ R‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻭ )ﻣﻘﻌﺮ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (78-2‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (79-2‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (78-2‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺭﺿﺎﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻀﺮﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪ .((... ،5:4 ،3:4 ،1:4‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ،(79-2‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (9-6‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐﺯﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪l‬‬ ‫‪n2‬‬
‫‪= m2 +‬‬ ‫‪: m, n = 0,1,2, ...‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪ 2b ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫)‪(9-6‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ l ‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﻧﮕﻪﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪210‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺣﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﻩ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -78 -2‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -79 -2‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ‬

 ‫‪211‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫‪ -6-6‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (10-6‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (80-2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ(‪:‬‬

‫(‬
‫‪h 2 = h0 + hl − h0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪) Lx‬‬ ‫)‪(10-6‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρ1‬‬ ‫‪ρ1‬‬
‫= ‪hl‬‬ ‫= ‪ h0‬ﻭ ‪ζ l‬‬ ‫‪ζ0‬‬
‫‪ρ 2 − ρ1‬‬ ‫‪ρ 2 − ρ1‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪(m) x‬‬
‫‪ :h0‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪(m) x = 0‬‬
‫‪ :hl‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪(m) x = L‬‬
‫‪ : ρ 1‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ )‪(g/cm3‬‬
‫‪ : ρ 2‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻮﺭ )‪(g/cm3‬‬
‫‪ : ζ 0‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )‪(m) (x = 0‬‬
‫‪ : ζ l‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ )‪(m) (x = L‬‬
‫‪ :L‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )‪ (x = 0‬ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :x‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (10-6‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-10‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪212‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -80 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻃﺮﺡﻛﻠﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﭘﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺮﺥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺍﺯﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪Shoji‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ )‪ (11-6‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪q = Kh n‬‬ ‫)‪(11-6‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :q‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ )‪(cm3/s/cm‬‬
‫‪ :K‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ )‪(cm2-n/s‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻫﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺯ )‪(cm‬‬
‫‪ :n‬ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺮﻧﺸﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ، n ≈ 0/5‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.( n ≈ 0/1‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫‪Shoji‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 7/0×10-4 cm/s‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ K‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ 30‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺍﺯﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺮﺥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺍﺯﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (12-6‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪213‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫‪q = UH‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2 gd ∆H‬‬ ‫)‪(12-6‬‬
‫‪U = ζ . ∆S‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :q‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ )‪(m3/s/m‬‬
‫‪ :U‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :d‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ )‪(9/81 m/s2‬‬
‫‪ : ∆H ∆S‬ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ : ζ‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (12-6‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ 8‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ 5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ‪ ∆S‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ %70‬ﺗﺎ ‪ %80‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺍ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﻒ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (81-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪،Re(=Ud/v)>104‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪ ζ ≈ 20‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -81 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‬

‫‪189‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁّﺏ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪7‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
 ‫‪217‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -7‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ -1-7‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ )ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ( ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ )ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ( ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺏ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬پ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺎﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﺟﻮ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺕ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ( ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕﺯﻣﺎﻥﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ )ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱﻫﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ‪25‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪15‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻭﻳﮋﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪218‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ )ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻢﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩﻳﻚ‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ( ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﻭﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻜﻮﺯﻳﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻲ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻤﻞﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﻪﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-7‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (1-7‬ﻭ )‪ (2-7‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪FD = C D ρ 0 AU 2‬‬ ‫)‪(1-7‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :FD‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(kN‬‬
‫‪ :CD‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ‬
‫‪ : ρ 0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ )‪(t/m3‬‬
‫‪ :A‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(m2‬‬
‫‪ :U‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪FL = C L ρ 0 ALU 2‬‬ ‫)‪(2-7‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :FL‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(kN‬‬
 ‫‪219‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -7‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ :CL‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﺁ‬
‫‪ :AL‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(m2‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺤﺖﺍﺛﺮ ﻟﺮﺯﺵﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ »ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ« ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ »ﭘﺴﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ« ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 103‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (22-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ‪ 105‬ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺖﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺖ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺑﻪﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻀﻮ ‪ L‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﺮﺡﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪ Mitsuyasu ،Hamada‬ﻭ ‪ Hase‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -22-2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪220‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﺁ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﺁ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﺁ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-4-5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‪ Iwasaki ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 0/94‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ ‪ 0/48‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺁ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ Tanimoto .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ 1/0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫‪ 0/5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﺁ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-7‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻳﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ )ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (3-7‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪πρ rU 6‬‬
‫= ‪M‬‬ ‫)‪(3-7‬‬
‫) ‪48 g 3 y 6 (S r − 1) (cos θ − sin θ‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :M‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )‪(t‬‬
‫‪ : ρ r‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )‪(t/m3‬‬
‫‪ :U‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ )‪(9/81 m/s2‬‬
‫‪ :y‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ 1/20) Isbash‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ؛ ‪ 0/86‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ )ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ((‬
‫‪ :Sr‬ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺶ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪ : θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪Isbash‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺶ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺶ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ)‪ 2 (CERC‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫‪F1‬‬

‫)‪ (3-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﺍﻱﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ )ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ(‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪US Army Coastal Engineering Research Center‬‬
 ‫‪221‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -7‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫‪Isbash‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (3-7‬ﺑﺎﻓﺮﺽ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺟﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ y‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ Isbash‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻧﻈﺮﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪ Isbash‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ 1/20‬ﻭ ‪ 0/86‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪ (3-7‬ﺑﺎﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺸﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪Iwasaki‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺸﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪Tanimoto‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (3-7‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Isbash‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ‪ 1/08‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻪﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻪﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪Isbash‬‬ ‫ﺳﻪﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ »ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ« ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪207‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -7‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪8‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬

 ‫‪225‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪ -1-8‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ )ﻓﻨﺪﺭﻫﺎ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﭘﮋﻭﻫﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﻩ )ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﻩ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ -82-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ((‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻳﺞﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻢﺩﺍﺩﮔﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪226‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -82 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺏ( ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-82-2‬ﺏ((‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ )‪(TLP‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻢ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺰﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻨﻲ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-82-2‬ﺝ((‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﻋﻴﻦﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮﻱ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-82-2‬ﺩ((‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-82-2‬ﺩ( ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ »ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻱ« )‪ (SALM‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺝ‬
‫»ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ« )‪.(MAFCO‬‬
 ‫‪227‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪ -2-8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ )ﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (1-8‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪Fw‬‬ ‫‪ρ a C DW AW U W 2‬‬ ‫)‪(1-8‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Fw‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ )‪(N‬‬
‫‪ : ρ a‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ )‪(1/23 kg/m3‬‬
‫‪ :AW‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺨﺸﻲﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﻣﻲﻭﺯﺩ )‪(m2‬‬
‫‪ :UW‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :CDW‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (23-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪﺟﻬﺖ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲﺍﺯ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ‪ UW‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪228‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻧﻮﺑﻪﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺑﺨﺶ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (2-8‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -23-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫) ‪∫ ρ 0 C DC AC U C − U (U C − U‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪FC‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(2-8‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :FC‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(N‬‬
‫‪ : ρ 0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ )ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪(1030 kg/m3 ،‬‬
‫‪ :AC‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ﻭﺭ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(m2‬‬
‫‪ :UC‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :U‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :CDC‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ‪ ،CDC‬ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻋﻴﻦﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (20-2‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-7‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﺰﺵ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
 ‫‪229‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻒ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﺨﺖﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻓﺮﺽﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻧﻮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭگﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻮﺝﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (3-8‬ﻭ )‪ (4-8‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Fd = ∫ ρ 0 gH i R‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(3-8‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4πh L ‬‬
‫‪R = K R 1 +‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(4-8‬‬
‫‪ sinh (4πh L ) ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : ρ 0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(kg/m3‬‬
‫‪ :Fd‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ )‪(N/m‬‬
‫‪ :Hi‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :KR‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ :R‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﭼﺸﻢﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻪﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪230‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱﺧﻄﻲ )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻝﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺶ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺘﺶ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﺶ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ )ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ( ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‪-‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﻖﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﮕﺮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺿﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ‪ Ito‬ﻭ ‪ Chiba‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(10‬ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪231‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪(11‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ )ﻛﻼﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-8‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺸﻲ ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (83-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ )‪ ،(surging‬ﭘﻬﻠﻮﺑﻪﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺷﺪﻥ )‪ ،(swaying‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ )‪ ،(heaving‬ﻏﻠﺘﺶ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ )‪،(rolling‬‬
‫ﻏﻠﺘﺶ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ )‪ ،(pitching‬ﺯﻳﮕﺰﺍﮔﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ )‪.(yawing‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -83 -2‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﭘﺲﻭﭘﻴﺶﺭﻓﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻬﻠﻮﺑﻪﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻳﮕﺰﺍﮔﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﺭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪232‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﻞ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻪﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻄﻲﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻞﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻪﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻄﻲ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺶ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺶ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ )ﻏﻠﺘﺶ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﺘﺶ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻩﺣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ )ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪﺭﻓﺖ( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ(‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺷﺮﻁﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ (1 :‬ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺪﻩﺁﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ (2 ،‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ‪ (3‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﺧﻄﻲﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻫﻢﻧﻬﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺣﺪﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺸﻲ ﻭ‬
 ‫‪233‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻪﺳﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﻪﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩﻛﻪ ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻞ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪215‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -8‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪9‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬
 ‫‪237‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -9‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -1-9‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﮕﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﮕﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭژﻳﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (1-9‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (2-9‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (84-2‬ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪αQ 2  1‬‬ ‫‪1  Q 2  1‬‬ ‫‪1 ‬‬
‫‪∆h = h1 − h2 = z 2 − z1 −‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪∆x‬‬ ‫)‪(1-9‬‬
‫‪2 gs  A1 2 A2 2  2  K 1 2 K 2 2 ‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -84 -2‬ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪238‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

‫‪1 ∂Q 2QB ∂H Q 2 B  ∂H  Q 2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪(H − z ) ∂B + ∂H + 2 = 0 ‬‬
‫‪QQ‬‬
‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪3 ‬‬
‫‪i+‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪gA ∂t‬‬ ‫‪gA ∂t‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪gA ‬‬ ‫‪∂x  gA‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪∂x ∂x‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(2-9‬‬
‫‪∂A ∂Q‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪∂t ∂x‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : ∆h‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :h1‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪(m) 1‬‬
‫‪ :h2‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪(m) 2‬‬
‫‪ :z1‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪(m) 1‬‬
‫‪ :z2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ‪(m) 2‬‬
‫‪ :z‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ : α‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ )‪( α ≈ 1/0‬‬
‫‪ :Q‬ﻧﺮﺥ )ﺩﺑﻲ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(m3/s‬‬
‫‪ :A‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ )‪(m2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪K 2 = A2 R‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ :K‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ )‪n 2 ،(m3/s‬‬
‫‪ :R‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :n‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻨﮓ )‪(s/m1/3‬‬
‫‪ : ∆x‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :t‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ )‪(s‬‬
‫‪ :B‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ )‪H=h+z ،(m‬‬

‫‪ :i‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺶ )‪(g=9.81 m/s2‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (1-9‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻫﻤﻴﻦﺩﻟﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﻦﻣﺪ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 20‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ( ﻭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫)ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ( ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﭼﻨﻴﻦﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (2-9‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬
 ‫‪239‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -9‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (2-9‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (2-9‬ﺁﺳﺎﻥﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﺑﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺷﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ )ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ(‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (85-2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ α‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ‪) I‬ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ‪) II‬ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻗﺪﺭﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪II‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ )ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫= ‪ ، C‬ﺑﻪﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (3-9‬ﻭ )‪ (4-9‬ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪L 2‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪sin α 2 = sin α 1 [1 − (u C1 )sin α ] ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫] ‪L2 L1 = [1 − (u C1 )sin α 1‬‬ ‫)‪(3-9‬‬
‫‪−2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫] ‪C 2 C1 = [1 − (u C1 )sin α 1‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪H 2 H 1 = sin 2α 2 sin 2α 1‬‬ ‫)‪(4-9‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -85 -2‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-9‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪240‬‬

‫‪C 2 C1 = (1 + m ) 2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪L2 L1 = (1 + m ) 4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(5-9‬‬
‫‪H 2 H 1 = 1 1 + 4 u C1 ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪m = 1 + 4 u C1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : α‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪ :u‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ‪) (m/s) II‬ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‬
‫‪ :L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :C‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺲ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ‪) I‬ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ( ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺲ ‪ 2‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ‪) II‬ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪(3-9‬‬
‫‪Yu‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (5-9‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪Srewart‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (4-9‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Longuest-Higgins‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪Johnson‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ،(5-9‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪ u=-C1/4‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ،Yu‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ u=-C1/7‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﺟﺰﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-9‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ )ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ(‬
‫ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻪﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻛﻨﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥﺳﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Arthur‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻖﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫‪gh‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ Iwagaki ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻲﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﺸﺨﺺﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Sakai‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻃﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﻪ‬
 ‫‪241‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -9‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲﻛﻪ‬ ‫‪Hamada‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺭ ﺑﻪﺁﻥ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ‪ Hamada‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ‪ T=1/2 s ،h=15 cm‬ﻭ ‪ ،u=20 cm/s‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ %5 ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻖﺗﺮﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻻﻱ )ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦﭘﺲ ﻟﺠﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ(‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫»ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻪﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﺟﺪﺍﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ؛ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻛﻨﺶ ﺩﻭﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ؛‬
‫ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻟﺨﺘﻪﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ )ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺠﻨﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺍﻳﺶﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺨﺘﻪﺍﻱﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﺨﺘﻪﺍﻱﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭼﺸﻤﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻳﺰ ﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻃﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺏﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺠﻦ )ﮔﺬﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﻛﺮﺷﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪242‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺠﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ ﺗﺎﺣﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﻪﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ‪ 1/3 g/cm3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/05‬ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺒﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻪﺳﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻖﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻤﻖﻳﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕﺯﻣﺎﻥﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱﺍﺯ ﻟﺠﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺪ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪﺍﺯ ‪) 210 KHz‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ( ﻭ ‪) 33 KHz‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺠﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻝﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫‪ ،33‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪KHz‬‬ ‫‪ 210‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‬ ‫‪KHz‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻖﺩﺭﻳﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1/2g/cm3‬ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﺿﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﻟﺰﺝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝﺣﺮﻛﺖ )ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺋﻮﻟﻮژﻱ( ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﻟﺠﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻟﺰﺟﺖﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻦﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻮﻳﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻌﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻼﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺠﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ‪10000 ~ 300000mg/l‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪ Kronel ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻟﺠﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪10000mg/l‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪Parkerl‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪Kirby‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺸﻲ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﮔﺎﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻖﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ 1/05 ~ 1/3g/cm3‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪243‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -9‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬

‫پ( ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺝ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻟﺨﺘﻪﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻜﻞﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Tsuruya‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪227‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -9‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪10‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
 ‫‪247‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ -1-10‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻧﺤﻮﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﺑﻪﺟﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺻﺨﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻫﻤﻴﻦﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﻣﺪﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻟﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻭﻉﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Sato‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺎ ﺩﻭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺖﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (4‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪248‬‬

‫‪ (6‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﭗ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻘﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (86-2‬ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺯﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺟﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺧﺸﻚ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺧﺸﻚ‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺰﺭ‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺪ‬

‫ﭘﺮﺗﮕﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺪ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺟﺰﺭ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -86 -2‬ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

 ‫‪249‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺏ( ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻠﻪﺍﻱ )ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ( ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪﺍﻱ )ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-87-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺏ( ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -87 -2‬ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺧﺺﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )‪ :(d50‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ ‪ p=50%‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ )‪:(dm‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪∑ d∆p‬‬
‫)‪(1-10‬‬
‫‪p =0‬‬
‫= ‪dm‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫‪∑ ∆p‬‬
‫‪p =0‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ )‪:(S0‬‬

‫‪S0 = d75 d 25‬‬ ‫)‪(2-10‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﭼﻮﻟﮕﻲ )‪:(Sk‬‬
‫‪S k = d75 × d 25 (d 50 )2‬‬ ‫)‪(3-10‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :p‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ )‪(%‬‬
‫‪ : ∆p‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ‬
‫‪ :d25‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ ‪%25‬‬
‫‪ :d75‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ ‪%75‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻪﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻏﻠﺘﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﻴﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪250‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻛﻢﻋﻤﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻪﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (88-2‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ )ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ )ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﺏ( ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻚ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺟﻚﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻚﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﺷﺪﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻣﺸﺨﺺﺗﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦﻻﻳﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -88 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺤﻮﻩﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

 ‫‪251‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﻂﺳﺎﺣﻞ )ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ( ﻭ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺧﻂﺳﺎﺣﻞ )ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ( ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻳﻚﻫﻔﺘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺍﻳﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ )ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ( ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-89-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻢﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﺪﻡﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-89-2‬ﺏ( ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻪﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲﻛﻠﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪252‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -89 -2‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (4-10‬ﻭ )‪((5-10‬‬
‫پ( ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪ d‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2πhi H 0‬‬
‫‪H0‬‬
‫‪= 1.35‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪sinh‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(4-10‬‬
‫‪L0‬‬ ‫‪ L0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫ﺩ( ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪ d‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2πhi H 0‬‬
‫‪H0‬‬
‫‪= 2.40‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪sinh‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(5-10‬‬
‫‪L0‬‬ ‫‪ L0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪L H‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :L0‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :H0‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪(m) hi‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪(m) hi‬‬
‫‪ :d‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ )ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ()‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :hi‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (4-10‬ﻭ )‪ (5-10‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪hi/L0‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-90-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺏ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺗﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ d/L0‬ﻭ ‪ H0/L0‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪253‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ -90‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪-2‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪- 90 -2‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬

‫‪ (5‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪((91-2‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫پ( ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺩﻳﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺳﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺕ( ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪254‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -91 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺏ( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫پ( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺕ( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺙ( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺝ( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺩﻳﺎﺏ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺳﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ)‪ (6-10‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ a‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (24-2‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Q x = aE x‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪2  n A w0 H A L A ‬‬ ‫)‪(6-10‬‬
‫‪ sin α b cos α b ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Ex = ∑ K r ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Qx‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )‪(m3/s‬‬
‫‪ :Ex‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(kN.m/m/s‬‬
‫‪ :Kr‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫‪ :nA‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻪﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫‪ :w0‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ρ 0 g‬‬
‫‪ : ρ 0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(1030 kg/m3) (t/m3‬‬
 ‫‪255‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺶ )‪(9/81 m/s2) (m/s2‬‬

‫‪ :HA‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :LA‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :T‬ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺝ )‪(s‬‬
‫‪ : α b‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -24-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ a‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺶ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ Sato‬ﻭ ‪Tanaka‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪Savage‬‬

‫‪0/04‬‬ ‫‪0/03‬‬ ‫‪0/022‬‬

‫‪ (6‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻏﺎﻟﺐﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻧﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺏ( ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪Katoh‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (92-2‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺏ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪256‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -92 -2‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‬

‫‪ (7‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ )ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ( ﺩﺭﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬ ‫‪Horikawa‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫)‪ (7-10‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪0.67‬‬
‫‪−0.27  d‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪H0‬‬
‫) ‪= C s (tan β‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(7-10‬‬
‫‪L0‬‬ ‫‪ L0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :H0‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :L0‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ : tan β‬ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ‪20‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ :d‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :Cs‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ،(7-10‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ C s ≥ 18‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﭘﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪.((93-2‬‬
 ‫‪257‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -93 -2‬ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻂﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (7-10‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Katoh‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (94-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -94 -2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‬

‫‪ (8‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (95-2‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪258‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺰﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-95-2‬ﺏ( ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪-95-2‬ﺏ( ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻴﭻﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -95 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫‪ -2-10‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏﺷـﻜﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺁﺏﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪259‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﻣﺪﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻫﻢﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮓﭼﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮓﭼﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺷـﻜﻞ‬

‫)‪ (96-2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﻪ ﺿـﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻧﻌﻜـﺎﺱ ‪ K‬ﻭ ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ (H 0 L0 )(l d 50 )sin α‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸـﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ) ‪ (H 0 L0‬ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‪ d50 ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‪ α ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺳﻨﮓﭼﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺋـﻢ‬
‫‪ α = 90‬ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻭ ‪ l‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﻨﮓﭼﻴﻦ ﺳـﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳـﻒ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻞﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﻨﮓ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -96 -2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂﺣﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺳﻨﮓﭼﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪260‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Tanaka‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (97-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ (H 1 / 3 )max‬ﻃﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ‪15‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (98-2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺗﺎ ‪5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -97 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ‪ 15‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -98 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻂﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ‬

 ‫‪261‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (99-2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻂﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﭘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪7‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪2‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺑﻪﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -99 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ‬

‫ﺏ( ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﻪﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﺎﺣﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻨﺠﻪﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻞﺳﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Irie‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬ ‫‪Ub‬‬ ‫)‪ (1‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ(‬
‫ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ‪ ω‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ U b ω > 10‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﺮﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﻪﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ )ﺷﺴﺘﻪﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ (L‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪ U b ω < 10‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪) (N‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ .((100-2‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﺮﻩ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ N‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ U b ω > 10‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﻪﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪262‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻪﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻜﻢ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﻪﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -100 -2‬ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺁﺏﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬

‫‪ -3-10‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ )ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ( ﻭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚﺭﻭﺵﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ Tanaka .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺪﻟﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (101-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -101 -2‬ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪263‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪264‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ )ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ(‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻞﻧﺸﺪﻩﺑﺎﻗﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺰﻳﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺣﻞﻧﺸﺪﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻋﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻪﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻋﻘﺐﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻓﺼﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻚﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (102-2‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ ∆y‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪∂Q ‬‬
‫‪ Q +‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﺽﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ‪ Q∆t‬ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ‪∆y ∆t‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ∆t‬ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻓﺮﺽﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (8-10‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪265‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫‪∂x s‬‬ ‫‪1  ∂Q‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪− q  = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(8-10‬‬
‫‪∂t Ds  ∂y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :xs‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :t‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ )‪(s‬‬
‫‪ :y‬ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺳﺎﺣﻞ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :Ds‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :Q‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ )‪(m3/s‬‬
‫‪ :q‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ )‪ (q>0‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ )‪ (q<0‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﻪﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )‪(m3/m/s‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -102 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ‪ ،Q‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻫﻤﻴﻦﻋﻠﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫‪ Ozasa‬ﻭ ‪ Brampton‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪H B C gB ‬‬ ‫‪∂H B ‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫‪ K 1 sin 2θ B −‬‬
‫‪2K 2‬‬
‫‪cosθ B‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(9-10‬‬
‫‪16 s(1 − λ ) ‬‬ ‫‪tan β‬‬ ‫‪∂y ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :HB‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :CgB‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ : θ B‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪266‬‬

‫‪ : tan β‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻟﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪s = (ρ s − ρ 0 ) ρ 0‬‬ ‫‪ :s‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫‪ : ρ s‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ )‪(g/cm3‬‬
‫‪ : ρ 0‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ )‪(g/cm3‬‬
‫‪ : λ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬
‫‪ K1‬ﻭ ‪ :K2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ‪ Ds‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻏﺎﻟﺐﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ Ds‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ Ds‬ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (9-10‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‪ Q ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ )ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻪﺑﻌﺪﻱ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪237‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -10‬ﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
 ‫‪269‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫‪ -1-11‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ژﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪ -1-1-11‬ﺍﺻﻮﻝ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ژﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ژﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﻳﻪﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ )ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ( ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ژﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺸﺪﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (25-2‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -25-2‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻻﻳﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ(‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪100‬ﺗﺎ‪300‬‬ ‫‪ 300‬ﺗﺎ‪500‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬
‫‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪100‬‬ ‫‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪50‬‬ ‫‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪100‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬

‫‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪15‬‬ ‫‪20‬ﺗﺎ‪30‬‬ ‫‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪50‬‬ ‫‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪100‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪270‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -25-2‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‪) -‬ﺏ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ(‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺧﻂﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﻂﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪15‬‬ ‫‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪30‬‬ ‫‪ 15‬ﺗﺎ ‪20‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪50‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪100‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺗﺎ ‪10‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪20‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺗﺎ ‪10‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪30‬‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻩ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥﻗﺪﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 30‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﻏﻴﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﻲ ﺷﻤﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺑﻪ ﭘﻲ ﺷﻤﻌﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ N‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 50‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ N‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-1-11‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (26-2‬ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -26-2‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻻﻳﻪﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ژﺋﻮﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ )‪(qu‬‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ) ‪( τ f‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ) ‪( φ‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ )‪(Dr‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ )‪(cv‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺣﺠﻢ )‪(mv‬‬
 ‫‪271‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -26-2‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‪ -‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻑ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ )‪(k‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ) ‪( γ d max‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ )‪(wopt‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫‪CBR‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻡ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ) ‪( γ t‬‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ )‪(w‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ )ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪γt‬‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ) ‪( ρ s‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ )‪ wL‬ﻭ ‪(wp‬‬

‫‪ -3-1-11‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ N‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ‪ ISIRI 8446‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ASTM D1586‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ N‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺱﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺵ ﭘﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺱ ﺁﺑﺮﻓﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ N‬ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-2-11‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-11‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱﺭﻳﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪272‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ )ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪ ISIRI 7827‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ ASTM D2487‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (103-2‬ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ‪ 75‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 75‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 75‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪300mm‬‬ ‫‪75mm‬‬ ‫‪19mm‬‬ ‫‪4/75mm‬‬ ‫‪2mm‬‬ ‫‪425μm‬‬ ‫‪75μm‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻻﺷﻪﺳﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺷﻦ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻦ ﺭﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﺭﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻱ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﺷﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﻨﮕﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -103 -2‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ASTM D2487‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪ISIRI 7827‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-2-11‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫‪ Darcy‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪ k‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (1-11‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫=‪k‬‬ ‫)‪(1-11‬‬
‫‪iA‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :k‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ )‪(cm/s‬‬
‫‪ :q‬ﺩﺑﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ )‪(cm3/s‬‬
‫‪i=h/L‬‬ ‫‪ :i‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﺍﻓﺖ ﻫﺪ )‪(cm‬‬
‫‪ :L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(cm‬‬
‫‪ :A‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ )‪(cm2‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪ k‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪273‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪D10‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬ ‫‪Hazen‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ‪ k‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (2-11‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪ k‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ‪ Uc‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ‪ D10‬ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪k = CD10‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(2-11‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪U c = D60 D10‬‬ ‫‪ :Uc‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫‪ :D60‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪60‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ )‪(cm‬‬
‫‪ :D10‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪10‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ )ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ( )‪(cm‬‬
‫‪ :k‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ )‪(cm/s‬‬
‫‪ :C‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ))‪(C=100 (1/cm/s‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ‪ Terzaghi‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (2-11‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ C=2‬ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (27-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -27-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬

‫ﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻻﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫‪10-7 cm/s‬‬ ‫‪10-5 cm/s‬‬ ‫‪10-2 cm/s‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬

‫‪ -3-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-3-11‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ‪-‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ‪-‬ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ‪-‬ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪Emax‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪274‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺗﺮﻱ )ﺳﻜﺎﻧﺖ( ‪ ،E50‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ‪ 10-3‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪Ei‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (3-11‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪E50‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ‪ 0/2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ %0/5‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺗﺮﻱ‬
‫)‪ (4-11‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ei = 210 cu‬‬ ‫)‪(3-11‬‬
‫‪E50 = 180 cu‬‬ ‫)‪(4-11‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Ei‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :E50‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺗﺮﻱ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :cu‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (3-11‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺖﻳﺎﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻱ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫~ = ‪ υ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ = ‪ υ‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻳﻚﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻃﺒﻖ ‪ ISIRI 6932‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ ASTM D2435‬ﺑﺪﺳﺖﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓ ﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ )ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮﻱ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺮﺥ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪275‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬

‫‪e-log p‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺧﻂﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ‪ p‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ‪ e‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﮕﺎﺭﻳﺘﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (104-2‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -104 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ e-log p‬ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ‪ e‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ abc‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (104-2‬ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ p‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-11‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪p2‬‬
‫‪e 2 = e1 − C c log 10‬‬ ‫)‪(5-11‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬
‫‪p2‬‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ Cc‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ abc‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ،(5-11‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ‪ p1‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ‪ ∆e‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (6-11‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪p2‬‬
‫‪∆e = e1 − e2 = Cc log 10‬‬ ‫)‪(6-11‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ‪ ،e-log p‬ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ‪ ∆e ،e-log p‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (6-11‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫‪Cc‬‬ ‫)ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ( ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫‪mv‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ‪ S‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (7-11‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪∆e‬‬
‫‪S =h‬‬ ‫)‪(7-11‬‬
‫‪1 + e0‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ S ،mv‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (8-11‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪S = mv ∆p.h‬‬ ‫)‪(8-11‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :S‬ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :mv‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ p0 + 0.5∆p‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )‪(m2/kN‬‬
‫‪ :e0‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫‪ :p0‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪276‬‬

‫‪ : ∆p‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ )‪(kN/m2‬‬

‫‪ :h‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ )‪(m‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻟﮕﺎﺭﻳﺘﻤﻲ ﺧﻄﻲ‬ ‫‪mv‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ mv‬ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ mv‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫‪mv‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ )‪ ،(Pleistocene‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ S ،Cc‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (9-11‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪Cc‬‬ ‫‪p + ∆p‬‬
‫‪S =h‬‬ ‫‪log 10 0‬‬ ‫)‪(9-11‬‬
‫‪1 + e0‬‬ ‫‪p0‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Cc‬ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻚﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ U‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ U‬ﻭ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻲﺑﻌﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪ Tv‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻲﺑﻌﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ Tv‬ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ‪ t‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (10-11‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪cv t‬‬
‫= ‪Tv‬‬ ‫)‪(10-11‬‬
‫‪H *2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Tv‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ :cv‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ )‪(cm2/d‬‬
‫‪ :t‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ )‪ d‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ(‬
‫*‪ :H‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ )‪(cm‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻑ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ *‪ H‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪) H‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ‬
‫)ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ( ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪2H‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬ ‫*‪H‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫)‪ (105-2‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻢﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (106-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪277‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -105 -2‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻢﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -106 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (107-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ( ﻭ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪278‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -107 -2‬ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪ (4‬ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫‪Mikasa‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ ،Mikasa‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‪-‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻧﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-11‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ‪ 103‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 105‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻧﻤﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱﺍﺯﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪cd‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪cd‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ φd‬ﻭ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺸﻢﭘﻮﺷﻲﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ‪ φd‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻴﻦﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪279‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺧﺎﻙ )ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ(‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ )‪(UU‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ )‪(CU‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ )‪(CD‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩﻣﺪﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ‪ τ f‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﻟﺤﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ‪ cu‬ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ‬ ‫‪cu‬‬ ‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪cu‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ φ = 0‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺳﺪ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ cd‬ﻭ ‪ φd‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ )‪ (CD‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ(‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻢﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﻨﺶ ‪ σ‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺭﻡ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ‪σ‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ pc‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ cu‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﻡ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ‪ pc‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ‪ cd‬ﻭ ‪φd‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ‪σ‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪280‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺩﺭﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ‪ UU‬ﺑﻨﺪ )ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ‪ CD‬ﺑﻨﺪ )ﺏ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (11-11‬ﻭ )‪ (12-11‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪(%50‬‬
‫‪τ = cu‬‬ ‫)‪(11-11‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : τ‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :cu‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪(%80‬‬
‫‪τ = (σ − u ) tan φ d‬‬ ‫)‪(12-11‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : τ‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : σ‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮﺵ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :u‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : φd‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪ %80‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺩﻗﺖﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (12-11‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ‪ φd‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ‪) CD‬ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ φd‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫‪ e0‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ φd‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ φd‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ‪ ،CD‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ φd‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ‪ CD‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﻌﻀﻲﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪281‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪﻫﻤﻴﻦﻋﻠﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ φd‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ N‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -4-11‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ (N‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ %50‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ cu‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺭﻭﺵ ‪qu‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ‪ qu‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (13-11‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪cu = q u 2‬‬ ‫)‪(13-11‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪ q u‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ )‪ (kN/m2‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪qu‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‬
‫‪ qu‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ‪ CU‬ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ‪ (kN/m2) τ DS‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫‪ASTM D3080‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ cu‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (14-11‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪cu = 0.85τ DS‬‬ ‫)‪(14-11‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ 0/85‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺵ ﭘﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺵ ﭘﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -5-11‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ‪ (SPT‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺷﻲ )‪ cu(v‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ cu‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺵ ﭘﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻫﻜﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪282‬‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ‪ cu/p‬ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .(108-2‬ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ cu/p‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺵ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ‪Ip‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -108 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ‪cu/p‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ‪ 50‬ﺗﺎ ‪ %80‬ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺳﺖﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-4‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10 cm/s‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪φd‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ‪ ،cd=0‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪CD‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10-4 cm/s‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪،qu‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪283‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪ -4-11‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ‬

‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (15-11‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪100 N‬‬
‫‪φ = 25 + 3.2‬‬ ‫)‪(15-11‬‬
‫‪′‬‬
‫‪70 + pvo‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : φ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪ :N‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ : pvo′‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ )‪(kN/m2‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ N‬ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪′‬‬
‫‪ ، pvo‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ ،Dunham‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ φ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ‪ N‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
‫‪′‬‬
‫‪ pvo‬ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ pvo‬ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ φ‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ ،N‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪′‬‬
‫)‪ ،(109-2‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ‪ Dr‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -109 -2‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻭ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪(Meyerhof) N‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪284‬‬

‫‪ -5-11‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ‪SPT‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪﻏﻴﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (28-2‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺵ ﭘﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﭘﻴﭽﺸﻲ ﭘﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺗﺮﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (16-11‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ cu‬ﺭﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪cu = (qt − σ v0 ) N kt‬‬ ‫)‪(16-11‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :cu‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :qt‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : σ v0‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﻞ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :Nkt‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﻪﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Nkt‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ cu‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚﻧﻘﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ‬ ‫‪Nkt‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -28 -2‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪285‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪286‬‬

‫‪ -6-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-6-11‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺑﺰﺭگﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﭘﺴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ .( (110-2‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -110 -2‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ‪-‬ﻛﺮﻧﺶ‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻝ‬ ‫‪Ramberg-Osgood‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﻟﻮﻟﻲ )ﻣﺪﻝ ‪ (Hardin-Dornevich‬ﻭ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪287‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 10-3‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦﺣﺪ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺪﻝﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (17-11‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪h‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫)‪ (18-11‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪.((111-2‬‬
‫‪τ‬‬
‫=‪G‬‬ ‫)‪(17-11‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫‪∆W‬‬
‫=‪h‬‬ ‫)‪(18-11‬‬
‫‪2πW‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :G‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : τ‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : γ‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫‪ :h‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫‪ :W‬ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : ∆W‬ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ )‪(kN/m2‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -111 -2‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪G/G0- γ‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ‪ G‬ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ‪ h‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ γ‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ‪ h- γ‬ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (112-2‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ‪ G0‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ‪ γ = 10 −6‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪288‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -112 -2‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫)ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻴﻚ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺛﺒﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ PS‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10-6‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 10-2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (19-11‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ ‪ ν‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪σa‬‬
‫=‪G‬‬ ‫)‪(19-11‬‬
‫) ‪2ε a (1 + ν‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : σ a‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : ε a‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ ν‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 0/33‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 0/45‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ∆W‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ‪-‬ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (111-2‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬ ‫‪W‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (18-11‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ‪ 10-6‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﺰﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺳﻨﺠﻲ )ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﻩﻛﺮﺩﻥ( ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (20-11‬ﺗﺎ )‪ (22-11‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻤﺎﻧﻪﺯﻧﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪γt‬‬
‫= ‪G0 = ρVs‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Vs‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(20-11‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪E0 = 2(1 + ν )G0‬‬ ‫)‪(21-11‬‬
 ‫‪289‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ Vp ‬‬
‫‪  − 2‬‬
‫‪ν=  s2‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫)‪(22-11‬‬
‫‪ V ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪2   − 1‬‬
‫‪p‬‬

‫‪ Vs ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Vp‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :Vs‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ )‪(m/s‬‬
‫‪ :G0‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :E0‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :ν‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ : ρ‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ )‪(t/m3‬‬
‫‪ : γ t‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺛﻘﻞ )‪(m/s2‬‬

‫‪ -2-6-11‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺵ ‪ ASTM D5311‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪259‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -11‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪12‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
 ‫‪293‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -12‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ -1-12‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺧﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺏ( ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫پ( ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ) ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ(‬
‫ﺕ( ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺏ( ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫پ( ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺕ( ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺙ( ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﺭﺥﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ )‪ -3-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ(‪ -5-12) ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ( ﻭ )‪ -6-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ( ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺻﻠﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ) ‪ -3-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -4-12‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻅﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ( ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪294‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ )‪ ،(8‬ﺑﻨﺪ )‪-6-9‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ( ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻧﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -6-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ( ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ژﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪﻧﺤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-12‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺤﺖﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ ،1‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺩﺳﺖﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﻆﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ )ﺑﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺍﻧﺪﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -4-12‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ( ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥﺫﻛﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪)(1‬ﺏ( ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪(2‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪295‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -12‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺻﺪﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺲﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺑﻘﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻳﻦﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺎﻩﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻋﻤﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻔﺎﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ »ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ« ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻠﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺥﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ »ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺑﻪﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ« ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﻳﻚﺳﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (29-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -29-2‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ )ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖﺭﻓﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ )ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﻦﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺑﻪﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻲﺧﺎﻧﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺻﺪﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻧﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻦﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻪﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﻙ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ )‪ (30-2‬ﻭ )‪ (31-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪296‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -30-2‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭘﺲﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪ -7/5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪-7/5‬‬ ‫‪ -7/5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ -7/5‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫‪ 0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 20‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 20‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ 30‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 50‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 30‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 100‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 50‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -31-2‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ‪ 20:‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ‪ 3:‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺭﻡ‪ 20:‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ‪ 3:‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﻥ‪ 30:‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 70‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﻴﺐ‪ 3:‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ‪ 0:‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ‬

‫‪ -3-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -4-12‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ( ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻜﻲﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﺮﺏﺗﺮﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺛﻘﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ = ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ × ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺏ( ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ = ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ × )ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ‪ +‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﻧﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻴﻖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻼ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺗﺮﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻫﺮﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺻﺮﻑﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
 ‫‪297‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -12‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -4-12‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-12‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭ ‪ 5‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺩﻭﻡ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺩﻭﻡ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ = ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ × ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ × ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﭘﻬﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (32-2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (34-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (33-2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (35-2‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -32-2‬ﭘﻬﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ )ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﮔﺮﮔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻴﺮﺁﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺑﻠﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥﻛﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩﺁﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﻟﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻜﺎﺑﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻣﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺩﺳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﺎﻧﺸﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺎﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﻣﻴﻪ )ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺷﺮﻓﺨﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫‪0/13‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ )ﮔﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﺮﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﺑﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺟﺎﺳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺳﻴﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﮕﻪ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﻳﺮ )ﻫﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺧﻤﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺐ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺐ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻮﻣﻮﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻛﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻟﻨﮕﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﻻﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﺴﻠﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﻣﻴﻪ‬
‫‪0/11‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺷﻤﺎﻝﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ )ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﻮﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺭﻳﮓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﮔﻨﺎﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬
‫‪0/08‬‬ ‫ﺿﻠﻊ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ )ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻤﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﺸﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﻣﺸﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺎﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ(‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -33-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪1/2‬‬ ‫‪1/0‬‬ ‫‪0/8‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪298‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -34-2‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻧﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 25‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪3‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 25‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪» (34-2‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺮﻡ« ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ N‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ‪ SPT‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 4‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 20‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﻲﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻛﻢﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻛﻢﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -35-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﭘﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬ ‫‪1/2‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ پ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻨﺠﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1/0‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﭘﻲﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺝ‬ ‫‪0/8‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ژﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (1-12‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ 1‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 1/2‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ α‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 200‬ﮔﺎﻝ )‪ (1 Gal = 1 cm/s2‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪kh=α/g‬‬
‫)‪(1-12‬ﺏ( ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ α‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 200‬ﮔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪kh=1/3(α/g)1/3‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Kh‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ :α‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﮔﺎﻝ(‬
 ‫‪299‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -12‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﮔﺎﻝ(‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺧﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻳﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻅﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺻﺮﻑﻧﻈﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫)‪ -3-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ( ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺒﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺧﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﻙ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺕ( ﺩﺭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻪﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ( ﺿﺮﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻟﺤﺎﻅﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻬﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (2‬ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -5-12‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ( ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﮔﺴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ 0/25‬ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ )ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪300‬‬

‫ﺕ( ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 1‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (33-2‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺥﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ‪ 50‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺑﻪ ‪ 0/5‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ 50‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 0/5‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫)‪ -1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ( ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (36-2‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﺍﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (37-2‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (113-2‬ﺑﺪﺳﺖﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -36-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ‪ 75‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻬﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ )‪(Gal‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪0/13‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪0/11‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪0/08‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻛﻢ‬
 ‫‪301‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -12‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -113 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻬﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢﻧﺸﺪﻩﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﺧﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺍﺯﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺥﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺴﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 1‬ﻳﺎ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚﮔﺴﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺂﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻳﻚﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ‪ M‬ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚﮔﺴﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (2-12‬ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪Log 10 L = 0.6 M − 2.9‬‬ ‫)‪(2-12‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﮔﺴﻞ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ )‪(km‬‬
‫‪ :M‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺏ( ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (3-12‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪Log 10 ASMAC = 0.53 M − Log 10 X + 0.0062 × 10 0.53 M − 0.00169 X + 0.524‬‬ ‫)‪(3-12‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :ASMAC‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ SMAC‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )‪(Gal‬‬
‫‪ :M‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ :X‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﻞ )‪(km‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪302‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (3-12‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (114-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﻞ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﮔﺴﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -114 -2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ SMAC‬ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﻞ ﺑﻪﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 50‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪SPT‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ‪ qu‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 650‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﻴﺶﺍﺯ ‪300‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﮔﺴﻞ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (115-2‬ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ‪ A‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﻞ )ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ( ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪303‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -12‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -115 -2‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺴﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ‪ A‬ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻗﻠﻤﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-12‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ )‪ -3-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ( ﻭ )‪ -6-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻃﻲ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺥﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺣﻴﻦﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ )ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ( ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺻﺤﺖﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪304‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﮔﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫پ( ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺛﺒﺖﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺧﻴﻠﻲﺍﺯﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ %1‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ 2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪﺩﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ( ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )ﺏ( ﺑﻪﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (4-12‬ﺗﺎ )‪(7-12‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪Log 10 ACOR = 0.55 M − Log 10 X + 0.0050 × 10 0.55 M − 0.00122 X + 0.502‬‬ ‫)‪(4-12‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪Log 10 ASMAC = 0.53 M − Log 10 X + 0.0062 × 10 0.53 M − 0.00169 X + 0.524‬‬ ‫)‪(5-12‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪Log 10V = 0.48 M − Log 10 X + 0.014 × 10 0.43 M − 0.00060 X − 0.324‬‬ ‫)‪(6-12‬‬
‫‪Log 10 D = 0.62 M − Log 10‬‬ ‫‪(X + 0.018 × 10‬‬ ‫‪0.43 M‬‬
‫‪)− 0.00067 X − 1.886‬‬ ‫)‪(7-12‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺎﻻ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :ACOR‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ )‪(Gal‬‬
‫‪ :ASMAC‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ SMAC‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )‪(Gal‬‬
‫‪ :V‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ )‪(cm/s‬‬
‫‪ :D‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ )‪(cm‬‬
‫‪ :M‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ :X‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﻞ )‪(km‬‬
 ‫‪305‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -12‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (37-2‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻪﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -37-2‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ )ﻓﺎﺯ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﻞ )ﻓﺎﺯ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ(‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ(‬

‫ﻳﻚﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻪﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻝ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﻞ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻨﺶﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ )ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/5‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻪﻛﺎﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮ ﺳﻨﮓﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪306‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻝﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺒﻪﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ‪ SHAKE‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺏ( ﻣﺪﻝ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻡﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﮔﺮﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)پ( ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻴﺎﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ BEAD ،FLUSH .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻪ‬ ‫‪FLAC‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫‪FLIP‬‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻞ ﺿﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺕ( ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ )ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ( ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻓﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻝﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ( ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﻟﺮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻪﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻪﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﻟﺮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮﻳﻔﻮژ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮﻳﻔﻴﻮژ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪307‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -12‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫‪ -6-12‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻧﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪281‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -12‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪13‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
 ‫‪311‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -13‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ -1-13‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-13‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ‪ SPT‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ )ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻴﻚ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ N‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪SPT‬‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ N‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ‪ SPT‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻔﺼﻞﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 20‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻥﭼﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 20‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 20‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ N‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ‪SPT‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎﻱ )‪-116-2‬ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭ )‪-116-2‬ﺏ( ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (Uc=D60/D10‬ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪312‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪ Uc‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ D60 ،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ‪ D10‬ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﻄﺮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻚ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 3/5‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ )ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ »ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ« ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﺑﺰﺭگ ‪Uc ≥ 3.5‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ )‪(mm‬‬

‫ﻻﻱ ﻭ ﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻦ‬
‫‪0/075‬‬ ‫‪4/75‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -116 -2‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ )‪(Uc≥3.5‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺘﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ‪Uc < 3.5‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ )‪(mm‬‬

‫ﻻﻱ ﻭ ﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻦ‬
‫‪0/075‬‬ ‫‪4/75‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-116-2‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ )‪(Uc<3.5‬‬
 ‫‪313‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -13‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ »ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ« ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﺷﺖﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﺎﻛﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ »ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ« ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺏ( ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ »ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ« ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ)‪ (116-2‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (1-13‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪N − 0.019(σ υ′ − 65‬‬
‫= ‪(N )65‬‬ ‫)‪(1-13‬‬
‫‪0.0014(σ υ′ − 65 ) + 1.0‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :(N)65‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫‪ :N‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ : σ υ′‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ )‪) (kN/m2‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ‪ SPT‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ(‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ‪ 65 kN/m2‬ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻻﻳﻪﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (3-13‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )ﺝ( ﺩﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (2-13‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪τ max‬‬
‫‪α eq = 0.7‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬ ‫)‪(2-13‬‬
‫‪σ υ′‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :αeq‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪(1cm/s2 = Gal‬‬
‫)‪(kN/m2‬‬ ‫‪ :τmax‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ‬
‫‪ : σ υ′‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ )‪) (kN/m2‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ(‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪314‬‬

‫‪ :g‬ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )‪(980 Gal‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ I‬ﺗﺎ ‪ IV‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (117-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ I‬ﺗﺎ ‪ IV‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (38-2‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -117 -2‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻻﻳﻪﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -38-2‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻻﻳﻪﺧﺎﻙ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪I-IV‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(117-2‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪II‬‬
‫ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ )ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻴﻚ( ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕﻛﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫‪III‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕﻛﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ‬ ‫‪IV‬‬

 ‫‪315‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -13‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫پ( ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ )ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 75‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻥ( ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (117-2‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (118-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪CN‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬ ‫‪(N)65/CN‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ( ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (118-2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -118 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ‪ IP‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 20‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ (N)65/0.5‬ﻭ ‪ N+ΔN‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (117-2‬ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ΔN‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪∆N = 8 + 0.4(I P − 10‬‬ ‫)‪(3-13‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N+ΔN‬ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ I‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ I‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N+ΔN‬ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ II‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ II‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫‪III‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪II ،I‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪(N)65/0.5‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪IV‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪III‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪N+ΔN‬‬ ‫)‪ (3‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ III‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪IV‬‬ ‫)‪ (4‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N+ΔN‬ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ III‬ﻳﺎ ‪ IV‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ (N)65/0.5‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ IV‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪316‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ( ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪III‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ ،(3‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻦﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺶﺍﺯﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪II‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ I‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪(N)65/0.5‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻪﻛﺎﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪IV‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪IV‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪N+ΔN‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (3‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 20‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫»ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ« ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪IV‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 20‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪N+ΔN‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ( ﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (119-2‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬

‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺎ ‪ CN‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪3-2-13‬‬

‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺎ ‪ ΔN‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪3-2-13‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ‪Ip‬‬

‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﺎ ‪ CN‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪3-2-13‬‬

‫ﻭ ‪ ΔN‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪3-2-13‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ‪(%) FC‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -119 -2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﺕ( ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺯﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﻲﻗﻴﺪﻭﺷﺮﻁ ﻫﺮﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (39-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪317‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -13‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ« ﺑﻪﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ« ﺑﻪﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﻙﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ )ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻴﻚ(‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺧﻲﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ N‬ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻪﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺖﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﻠﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-13‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺧﺬ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺏ( ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪﺍﻱ )ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫پ( ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ )ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺎ )ﺝ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦﻛﺮﺩﻥ )ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﺏ( ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶﺍﺯﺣﺪ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦﻛﺮﺩﻥ )ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ(‬
‫پ( ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ )ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭ )ﺏ(‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ )ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭ )ﺏ(‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ )ﺍﻟﻒ( ﻭ )ﺏ( ﭘﺲﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪318‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻪﺣﺪﻱﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ -2-13‬ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 16‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪297‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -13‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪14‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬
 ‫‪321‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫‪ -1-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ )ﻣﺤﺮﻙ( ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ )ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ( ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺯﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺑﺤﺚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻛﻨﺶ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺸﺖﺭﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻃﻲ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻃﻲ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬

‫‪ -1-2-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ (120-2‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (3-14) ،(2-14) ،(1-14‬ﻭ )‪ (4-14‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ(‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪w cosψ ‬‬
‫‪p ai = K ai ∑ γ i hi +‬‬ ‫‪cosψ‬‬ ‫)‪(1-14‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪cos(ψ − β ) ‬‬

‫) ‪cos(ψ + δ )sin (φi + δ‬‬

‫) ‪cot (ζ i − β ) = − tan (φi + δ + ψ − β ) + sec(φi + δ + ψ − β‬‬ ‫)‪(2-14‬‬
‫) ‪cos(ψ − β )sin (φi − β‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪cos 2 (φi −ψ‬‬
‫= ‪K ai‬‬
‫‪cos(ψ + δ )sin (φi + δ ) ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪cos ψ cos(δ + ψ )1 +‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪cos(ψ − β )sin (φi − β ) ‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪322‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ(‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪w cosψ ‬‬
‫‪p pi = K pi ∑ γ i hi +‬‬ ‫‪cosψ‬‬ ‫)‪(3-14‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪cos(ψ − β ) ‬‬

‫) ‪cos(ψ + δ )sin (φi − δ‬‬

‫) ‪cot (ζ i − β ) = − tan (φi − δ −ψ + β ) + sec(φi − δ −ψ + β‬‬ ‫)‪(4-14‬‬
‫) ‪cos(ψ − β )sin (φi + β‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪cos 2 (φi + ψ‬‬
‫= ‪K pi‬‬
‫‪sin (φi − δ )sin (φi + β ) ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪cos ψ cos(δ + ψ )1 −‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪cos(δ + ψ )cos(ψ − β ) ‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -120 -2‬ﻃﺮﺡﻛﻠﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ‪:‬‬

‫‪ pai‬ﻭ ‪ :ppi‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : φi‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪ : γ i‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :hi‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ Kai‬ﻭ ‪ :Kpi‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ :ψ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
 ‫‪323‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫‪ :β‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬

‫‪ :δ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺸﺖﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪ :ζi‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ( ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪ :w‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ )‪(kN/m2‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ±15 ~ 20‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﺎﻛﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 18‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 10‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (5-14‬ﻭ )‪ (6-14‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫‪p a = ∑ γ i hi + w − 2c‬‬ ‫)‪(5-14‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ‬
‫‪p p = ∑ γ i hi + w + 2c‬‬ ‫)‪(6-14‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :pa‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :pp‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : γ i‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :hi‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :w‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :c‬ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪324‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (5-14‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ)ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-3-11‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﭼﺸﻢﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ‪ γ t‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ‪ γ ′‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫‪ -1-3-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ(‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (6-14‬ﺗﺎ )‪ (9-14‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ(‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪w cosψ ‬‬
‫‪p ai = K ai ∑ γ i hi +‬‬ ‫‪cosψ‬‬ ‫)‪(6-14‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪cos(ψ − β ) ‬‬

‫) ‪cos(ψ + δ + θ )sin (φi + δ‬‬

‫) ‪cot (ζ i − β ) = − tan (φi + δ + ψ − β ) + sec(φi + δ + ψ − β‬‬ ‫)‪(7-14‬‬
‫) ‪cos(ψ − β )sin (φi − β − θ‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪cos 2 (φi −ψ − θ‬‬
‫= ‪K ai‬‬
‫‪sin (φi + δ )sin (φi − β − θ ) ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪cosθ cos ψ cos(δ + ψ + θ )1 +‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪cos(δ + ψ + θ )cos(ψ − β ) ‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ(‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪w cosψ ‬‬
‫‪p pi = K pi ∑ γ i hi +‬‬ ‫‪cosψ‬‬ ‫)‪(8-14‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪cos(ψ − β ) ‬‬

‫) ‪cos(ψ + δ − θ )sin (φi − δ‬‬

‫) ‪cot (ζ i − β ) = − tan (φi − δ −ψ + β ) + sec(φi − δ −ψ + β‬‬ ‫)‪(9-14‬‬
‫) ‪cos(ψ − β )sin (φi + β − θ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪cos 2 (φi + ψ − θ‬‬
‫= ‪K pi‬‬
‫‪sin (φi − δ )sin (φi + β − θ ) ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪cosθ cos ψ cos(δ + ψ − θ )1 −‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪cos(δ + ψ − θ )cos(ψ − β ) ‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪325‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫‪ :θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‪ θ = tan −1 k :‬ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‪θ = tan −1 k ′ :‬‬

‫‪ :k‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫'‪ :k‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ k ،θ‬ﻭ '‪ k‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-2-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ '‪ k‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -3-3-14‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ( ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ (1917)Mononobe‬ﻭ ‪ (1924)Okabe‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ ±15 ~ 20‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ‪ k‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ '‪ k‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ( ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺼﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (121-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪326‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -121 -2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ(‬

 ‫‪327‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫‪ -2-3-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ )ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (10-14‬ﻭ )‪ (11-14‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪(∑ γ i hi + w)sin (ζ a + θ ) −‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫= ‪pa‬‬ ‫)‪(10-14‬‬
‫‪cosθ sin ζ a‬‬ ‫‪cos ζ a sin ζ a‬‬

‫‪ ∑ γ i hi + 2 w ‬‬
‫‪ζ a = tan −1 1 − ‬‬ ‫‪ tan θ‬‬ ‫)‪(11-14‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2c‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :pa‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : γ i‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :hi‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ : ζ a‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )ﮔﻮﻩﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ( ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‬
‫‪ :w‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :c‬ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪-i‬ﺍﻡ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ) ‪ θ = tan −1 k‬ﻳﺎ ‪( θ = tan −1 k ′‬‬
‫‪ :k‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫'‪ :k‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-2-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ( ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪328‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-14‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -1-3-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ( ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ -2-3-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ( ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (12-14‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2 ∑ γ t hi + ∑ γh j + w + γh‬‬
‫= ‪k′‬‬ ‫)‪(12-14‬‬
‫‪2(∑ γ h + ∑ (γ − 10 )h + w) + (γ − 10 )h‬‬
‫‪t i‬‬ ‫‪j‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : k ′‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
‫‪ : γ t‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : γ‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ )ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ( ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :w‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :hi‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪i‬ﺍُﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :hj‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪i‬ﺍُﻡ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :h‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :k‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ ،(12-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﻭﺑﻪﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ‪ k ′‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ γ t × k = (γ − 10 )× k ′‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ )ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ( ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪) .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(122-2‬‬
 ‫‪329‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -122 -2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -4-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫‪ -1-4-14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (13-14‬ﻳﺎ )‪ (14-14‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ y‬ﺍﺯ ‪ hw‬ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪pw = γ w y‬‬ ‫)‪(13-14‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ y‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ hw‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪p w = γ w hw‬‬ ‫)‪(14-14‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :pw‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ : γ w‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﺏ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :y‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :hw‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ )‪(m‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪330‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (13-14‬ﻳﺎ )‪ (14-14‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ .((123-2‬ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -123 -2‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ -2-4-4‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (15-14‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(5-14‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪p dw = ± kγ w Hy‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :pdw‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺏ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :k‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ : γ w‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﺏ )‪(kN/m2‬‬
‫‪ :H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ :y‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻱ ﺁﺏ )‪(m‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ )‪ (16-14‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪H7‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ pdw = ± 12 kγ w H  = ∫0 8 kγ w Hy dy ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪(16-14‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪h = 3 H‬‬
‫‪ dw 5‬‬
 ‫‪331‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :pdw‬ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺏ )‪(kN/m‬‬
‫‪ :hdw‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺁﺏ )‪(m‬‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ )‪ (15-14‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪307‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -14‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪15‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
 ‫‪335‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -15‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-15‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﺩﻭﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻻ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﻪﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻑ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭ‬

‫‪ -2-15‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪﺟﺰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱﻛﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻥﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (39-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -39-2‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ) ‪(kN/m‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ )‪(kN/m3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫‪22/6‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪77/0‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫‪26/0‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮓ )ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ(‬ ‫‪71/0‬‬ ‫ﭼﺪﻥ‬

‫‪25/0‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮓ )ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺳﻨﮓ(‬ ‫‪27/5‬‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ‬

‫‪16/0‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ )ﺧﺸﻚ(‬ ‫‪24/0‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫‪18/0‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ )ﺗﺮ(‬ ‫‪22/6‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫‪20/0‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ )ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ(‬ ‫‪7/8‬‬ ‫ﭼﻮﺏ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪336‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﺯﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻻﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺣﻤﻞﻭﻧﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺣﻤﻞﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱﺍﺯﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (40-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -40-2‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ )‪(kN/m3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪4/9‬‬ ‫ﻛﻚ‬

‫‪ 8/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪9/8‬‬ ‫ﺯﻏﺎﻝﺳﻨﮓ )ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪ(‬

‫‪ 9/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪11/0‬‬ ‫ﺯﻏﺎﻝﺳﻨﮓ )ﭘﻮﺩﺭ(‬

‫‪ 20/0‬ﺗﺎ ‪29/0‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﻫﻦ‬

‫‪15/0‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫‪19/0‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫‪ -2-3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪337‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -15‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺯﻃﺮﻑﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻻ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬
‫ﭼﻪﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﺯﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪﻫﻤﻴﻦﻋﻠﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ‬

‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-3-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺍﻳﻦﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻳﻚﺷﺐ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻑﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺵﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ 70‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 100‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻑ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺩﺭﻱ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (41-2‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -41-2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻑ‬

‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ )‪(kN/m3‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫‪1/2‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻑ ﺧﺸﻚ ﭘﻮﺩﺭﻱ‬

‫‪1/7‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻑ ﺧﺸﻚ ﭘﻮﺩﺭﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫‪4/4‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬

‫‪8/3‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬

 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪338‬‬

‫‪ -4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ -1-4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭﺍﮔﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﭼﺮﺥﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻳﺎﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﻞﻫﺎ )ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 139‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺮﺩﻱ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ISO‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (42-2‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻛﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﺮﺥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﺮﺥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-4-15‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺶﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪339‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -15‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -42-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻡ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪(H‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ )‪(W‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ )‪(L‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫‪kg‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ )‪(mm‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ )‪(mm‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ )‪(mm‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪2896‬‬ ‫‪1 AAA‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪2591‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1 AA‬‬
‫‪30480‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬ ‫‪2438‬‬ ‫‪12192‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬ ‫‪-10‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪2438‬‬ ‫‪1A‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪<2438‬‬ ‫‪1 AX‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪2896‬‬ ‫‪1 BBB‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪2591‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1 BB‬‬
‫‪25400‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬ ‫‪2438‬‬ ‫‪9125‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬ ‫‪-10‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪2438‬‬ ‫‪1B‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪<2438‬‬ ‫‪1 BX‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪2591‬‬ ‫‪1 CC‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪24000‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2438‬‬ ‫‪6058‬‬
‫‪2438‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬ ‫‪1C‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪<2438‬‬ ‫‪1 CX‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪2438‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1D‬‬
‫‪10160‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬ ‫‪2438‬‬ ‫‪2991‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪<2438‬‬ ‫‪1 DX‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪321‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -15‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪16‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬
 ‫‪343‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -16‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬

‫‪ -1-16‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (43-2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -43-2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪0/5‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫‪0/5‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ 0/7‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/8‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬

‫‪0/6‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫‪0/8‬‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫‪) 0/2‬ﺗﺮ( ﺗﺎ ‪) 0/5‬ﺧﺸﻚ(‬ ‫ﭼﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﻮﺏ‬
‫‪ 0/7‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/8‬‬ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻠﻮﻩﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ‪ 0/8‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/7‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ )‪ ،(8‬ﺑﻨﺪ) ‪ -4-4‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪329‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ -16‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
 ‫‪347‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻒ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -1-‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -2-‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (124-2‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ‪ 32‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﭘﺘﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﻪ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ .(1388 -‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ NCEP‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﺩﻫﻪ ‪ 1980‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭ ﻇﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﻪ ‪ 1960‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -124 -2‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ‪ 32‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﭘﺘﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﻪ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (125-2‬ﮔﻞﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮔﻞﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻇﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺷﻤﺎﻝﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻱ ﮔﻞﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (126-2‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪348‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -125 -2‬ﮔﻞﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﭘﺘﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﻪ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -126 -2‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (127-2‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪٴ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ )ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ(ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﻏﺮﺏﺷﻤﺎﻝﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻣﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺭﺍﺑﻲ‪-‬‬
‫‪.(1387‬‬
 ‫‪349‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻒ‬

‫‪BMO‬‬ ‫]‪[m/s‬‬
‫]‪ECMWF [-‬‬
‫]‪Abumusa [m/s‬‬
‫‪Kish‬‬ ‫]‪[m/s‬‬
‫‪Lavan‬‬ ‫]‪[m/s‬‬
‫]‪Lengeh [m/s‬‬
‫‪Siri‬‬ ‫]‪[m/s‬‬
‫‪Annual Maximum Wind Speed (m/s) - WNW direction‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪18‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪14‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪1950 - 1959‬‬ ‫‪1960 - 1969‬‬ ‫‪1970 - 1979‬‬ ‫‪1980 - 1989‬‬ ‫‪1990 - 1999‬‬ ‫‪2000 - 2009‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ )ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ(ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺷﻤﺎﻝﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‬
‫ٴ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -127 -2‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -3-‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﭘﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﺳﻚ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭼﺎﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1963‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1984‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (128-2‬ﮔﻠﺒﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﭘﺘﻴﻚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﺖﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ ‪ 1000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ )ﺧﻠﻴﺞ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺍﺗﺮ( ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (129-2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ Best Track‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ‪ 1945-2003‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )‪ .(JTWC "Best Track"digital dataset‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻪﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ .(1387-‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﻪﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ‪) Best Track‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪350‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ‪ (1945-2003‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1948‬ﺭﺥﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ 250 ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ﭼﺎﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -128 -2‬ﮔﻠﺒﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﭘﺘﻴﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﭼﺎﺑﻬﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،1945‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻨﺪ )‪ (1979‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﺪﻩ ‪ 1800‬ﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺳﺪﻩ ‪ 1900‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .(130-2‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻨﺪ )‪ (1979‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ‪ 50‬ﮔﺮﻩﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -129 -2‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ 1000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
 ‫‪351‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻒ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -130 -2‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺍﻡ ﺗﺎ ‪ 7‬ﺍﻡ ژﻭﺋﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪2007‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﺷﺪﻥ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍﺩ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ Best Track‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (131-2‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻮ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )‪ .(Dibajnia et al., 2009‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ‪ 250‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫)‪ 140‬ﮔﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ( ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ 4‬ﺍﻡ ژﻭﺋﻦ ﺷﺪﺕﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝﻏﺮﺏ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻋﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺎﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ 20‬ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ 6‬ژﻭﺋﻦ ﺑﻪﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 55/69‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪352‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -131 -2‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻮ‬

‫‪333‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻒ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
 ‫‪355‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺏ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -1-‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -2-‬ﮔﻞﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (132-2‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (133-2‬ﺑﻪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮔﻞﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ; Golshani et al., 2007) 1992-2002‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪ 2‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ (1387 ،‬ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ‪) 2007-1997‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ (1387 -‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -3-‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (44-2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ‪ %90‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪.(1387 -‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﭘﺲﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1977‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﻡﺑﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻧﻮ )ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‪ 2007‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ( ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ‪ Monte Carlo‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ‪ 200‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﺍ ‪160‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﻤﺒﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(134-2‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ -44-2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻅﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ‪%90‬‬
‫‪Upper 90% Confidence Limit + Swell Waves‬‬
‫)‪Return Period (years‬‬
‫‪Longitude‬‬ ‫‪Latitude‬‬ ‫‪Best Fit Distribution‬‬ ‫‪Correlation‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫‪57.0‬‬ ‫‪26.4‬‬ ‫)‪Weibull (k=1.20‬‬ ‫‪0.984‬‬ ‫‪1.3‬‬ ‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪1.9‬‬ ‫‪2.4‬‬
‫‪57.5‬‬ ‫‪25.6‬‬ ‫)‪Weibull (k=1.40‬‬ ‫‪0.989‬‬ ‫‪3.1‬‬ ‫‪4.3‬‬ ‫‪5.4‬‬ ‫‪6.7‬‬
‫‪58.5‬‬ ‫‪25.5‬‬ ‫)‪Weibull (k=1.40‬‬ ‫‪0.985‬‬ ‫‪3.5‬‬ ‫‪5.2‬‬ ‫‪6.9‬‬ ‫‪8.2‬‬
‫‪59.5‬‬ ‫‪25.3‬‬ ‫)‪Weibull (k=1.40‬‬ ‫‪0.992‬‬ ‫‪4.0‬‬ ‫‪5.5‬‬ ‫‪6.9‬‬ ‫‪8.4‬‬
‫‪60.5‬‬ ‫‪25.2‬‬ ‫)‪Weibull (k=1.10‬‬ ‫‪0.978‬‬ ‫‪4.2‬‬ ‫‪5.8‬‬ ‫‪7.2‬‬ ‫‪8.8‬‬
‫‪61.5‬‬ ‫‪25.0‬‬ ‫‪F-T I‬‬ ‫‪0.988‬‬ ‫‪4.3‬‬ ‫‪5.7‬‬ ‫‪7.0‬‬ ‫‪8.3‬‬
‫‪Note: k is the Weibull shape parameter‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪356‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -132 -2‬ﮔﻞﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺧﺰﺭ )‪(1992-2002‬‬

‫‪357‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺏ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -133 -2‬ﮔﻞﻣﻮﺝﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ )‪(2007-1997‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪358‬‬

‫ﺻﺪﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﺭﺁ(‬

‫ٴ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‬
‫ٴ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪ -134 -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪359‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺏ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
 361 ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

[1] Borgman, L. E.: “Risk criteria”, Proc. ASCE, Vol. 89, No. WW3, 1963, pp.1-35.
[2] Yasuhiro AKAKURA, Hironao TAKAHASHI, Takashi NAKAMOTO: “Statistical analysis of ship
dimensions for the size of design ship”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 910, 1998 (In Japanese).
[3] Yasuhiro AKAKURA and Hironao TAKAHASHI: “Ship dimensions of design ship under given
confidence limits”, Technical Note of P.H.R.I., September 1998.
[4] PIANC: “Report of the International Commission for Improving the Design of Fender Systems”,
Supplement to Bulletin No. 45, 1984.
[5] Baker, A. L. L.: “The impact of ships when berthing”, Proc. Int’l Navig. Congr. (PIANC), Rome, Sect
II, Quest. 2, 1953, pp. 111-142.
[6] Masahito MIZOGUCHI, Tanekiyo NAKAYAMA: “Studies on t he berthing velocity, energy of the
ships”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 170, 1973 (In Japanese).
[7] Hirokane OTANI, Shigeru UEDA, Tatsuru ICHIKAWA, Kensei SUGIHARA: “A study on the
berthing impact of the big tanker”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 176, 1974 (In Japanese).
[8] Shigeru UEDA: “Study on berthing impact force of very large crude oil carriers”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol.
20, No. 2, 1981, pp. 169-209 (In Japanese).
[9] Myers, J.: “Handbook of Ocean and Underwater Engineering”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1969.
[10] Shigeru UEDA, Eijiro OOI: “On the design of fending systems for mooring facilities in a port”,
Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 596, 1987 (In Japanese).
[11] Shigeru UEDA, Satoru SHIRAISHI: “On the design of fenders based on the ship oscillations moored
to quay walls”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 729, 1992 (In Japanese).
[12] Shigeru UEDA: “Analytical method of motions moored to quay walls and the applications”, Tech.
Note of PHRI, No. 504, 1984 (In Japanese).
[13] Shigeru UEDA, Satoru SHIRAISI: “Method and its evaluation for computation of moored ship’s
motions”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 22, No. 4, 1983 pp. 181-218 (In Japanese).
[14] Yoshimi GODA, Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Tadashi SASADA: “Theoretical and experimental
investigation of wave forces on a fixed vessel approximated with an elliptic cylinder”, Report of
PHRI, Vol. 12, No. 4, 1994, pp. 23-74 (In Japanese).
[15] R. M. Isherwood: “Wind resistance of merchant ships”, Bulletin of the Royal Inst. Naval Architects,
1972, pp. 327-338.
[16] Shigeru UEDA, Satoru SHIRAISHI, Kouhei ASANO, Hiroyuki OSHIMA: “Proposal of equation of
wind force coefficient and evaluation of the effect to motions of moored ships”, Tech. Note of PHRI,
No. 760, 1993 (In Japanese).
[17] Davenport, A. G.: “Gust loading factors”, Proc. of ASCE, ST3, 1967, pp. 11-34.
[18] Hirofumi INAGAKI, Koichi YAMAGUCHI, Takeo KATAYAMA: “Standardization of mooring
posts and bollards for wharf”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 102, 1970 (In Japanese).
[19] Iaso FUKUDA, Tadahiko YAGYU: “Tractive force on mooring posts and bollards”, Tech. Note of
PHRI, No. 427, 1982 (In Japanese).
[20] Dean, G. R.: “Stream function wave theory and application”, Handbook of Coastal and Ocean
Engineering, Volume 1, Gulf Pub., 1991, pp. 63-94.
[21] Dean G. R. and R. A. Dalrymple: “Water Wave Mechanics for Engineers and Scientists”, World
Scientific, 1991, pp. 305-309
[22] Goda, Y.: “Wave forces on a vertical circular cylinder: Experiments and proposed method of wave
force computation”, Rept. of PHRI, No. 8, 1964, 74 p.
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬ 362

[23] Yoshimi GODA, Yasumasa SUZUKI: “Computation of refraction and diffraction of sea waves with
Mitsuyasu’s directional spectrum”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 230, 1975 (In Japanese).
[24] Pierson, W. J. Jr., G. Neumann and R. W. James: “Practical methods for observing and forecasting
ocean waves by means of wave spectra and statistics”, U. S. Navy Hydrographic Office, Pub. No.
603, 1955.
[25] Inoue, T.: “On the growth of the spectra of a wind generated sea according to a m odified Miles-
Phillips mechanism and its application to wave forecasting”, Geophysical Science Lab., TR-67-5,
New York Univ., 1967, pp. 1-74.
[26] Isozaki, I. and T. Uji: “Numerical prediction of ocean wind waves”, Papers of Meteorology and
Geophysics, Vol. 24 No. 2, 1973, pp. 207-231.
[27] Joseph, P. S., S. Kawai and Y. Toba: “Ocean wave prediction by a hybrid model combination of
single-parameterized wind waves with spectrally treated swells”, Sci. Rept. Tohoku Univ., Ser. 5,
(Tohoku Geophys. Jour.), Vol. 28, No. 1, 1981.
[28] Uji, T.: “A coupled discrete wave model MRI-II”, Jour. Oceanography, Society of Japan, Vol. 40,
1985, pp. 303-313.
[29] Günther, H. et al: “A hybrid parametrical wave prediction model”, Jour. Geophysics. Res., Vol. 84,
1979, pp. 5727-5738.
[30] Takeshi SOEJIMA, Tomoharu TAKAHASHI: “A comparison on wave hind casting methods”, Tech.
Note of PHRI, No. 210, 1975, pp. 1-24 (In Japanese).
[31] Collins, J. I.: “Prediction of shallow water wares”, Jour. Geophysics. Res., Vol. 77, No. 15, 1972, pp.
2693-2702.
[32] Cavaleri, L. and P. H. Rizzoli: “Wind wave prediction in shallow water: theory and applications”,
Jour. Geophysics. Res., Vol. 86 No. C11, 1981, pp. 10961-10973.
[33] Golding. B: “A wave prediction system for real time sea st ate forecasting”, Quat. Jour. Royal
Meleorol. Soc., Vol. 109, 1983, pp. 393-416.
[34] Phillips, O. M.: “On the generation of waves by turbulent wind”, J. F. M., Vol. 2, 1957, pp. 417-445.
[35] Miles, J. W.: “On the generation of surface waves by shear flows”, J. F. M., Vol. 6, 1959, pp. 568 -
582.
[36] Hasselmann, K.: “Weak-interaction of ocean waves”, Basic Developments in Fluid Dynamics, Vol.
2, Academic Press Inc., New York., 1968.
[37] Hasselmann, S and K. Hasselamann: “Computations and parameterizations of the nonlinear energy
transfer in a gravity wave spectrum, Part I: A new method for efficient computations of the exact
nonlinear transfer integral”, J. Phys. Oceanography., Vol. 15, 1985, pp. 1369-1377.
[38] Sverdrup, H. U. and W. H. Munk: “Wind Sea and Swell, Theory of Relations for Forecasting”, U. S.
Hydrographic Office, Pub. No. 601, 1947.
[39] Bretschneider, C. L.: “The generation and decay of waves in deep water”, Trans. A. G. U., Vol. 37,
No. 3, 1952.
[40] Wilson, B. W.: “Numerical prediction of ocean waves in the North Atlantic for December 1959”,
Deut. Hydro. Zeit, Jahrg. 18, Ht. 3. 1965.
[41] Saville. T.: “The effect of fetch width on wave generation”, Tech. Memo., B. E. B., No. 70.
[42] Wilson, B. W.: “Graphical approach to the forecasting of waves in moving fetches”, Tech, Memo.,
B. E. B., No. 73, 1955.
[43] Bretschneider. C. L.: “Decay of ocean waves: Fundamentals of ocean engineering - Part 8b”, Ocean
Industry, 1968, pp. 45-50.
 363 ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

[44] Gringorten, I. I.: “A plotting rule for extreme probability paper”, J. Geophysical Res., Vol. 68 No. 3,
1963, pp. 813-814.
[45] Petruaskas, C. and P. M. Aagaard: “Extrapolation of historical storm data for estimating design wave
heights”, Preprints 2nd OTC, No. 1190, 1970, pp. I-409-428.
[46] Yoshiyuki ITO, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Shoichi YAMAMOTO: “Wave height distribution in the
region of ray crossing - application of the numerical analysis method of wave propagation -”, Report
of PHRI, Vol. 11, No. 3, 1972, pp. 87-110 (In Japanese).
[47] Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Naota IKEDA, Tetsuya HIRAISHI: “Practical computation method of
directional random wave transformation”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 30, No. 1, 1 991, pp. 21-67 (In
Japanese).
[48] Tetsuya HIRAISHI, Isao UEHARA, Yasumasa SUZUKI: “Applicability of wave transformation
model in boussinesq equation”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 814, 1995, 22 p. (In Japanese).
[49] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Katsutoshi KIMURA, Antonio Paulo dos Santos Pinto: “Random wave
forces and design wave periods of composite breakwaters under the action of double peaked spectral
waves”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 25, No. 2, 1986, pp. 3-25 (In Japanese).
[50] Yoshimi GODA, Yasumasa SUZUKI, Yasuharu KISHIRA, Osamu KIKUCHI: “Estimation of
incident and reflected waves in random wave experiment”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 248, 1976, 24 p.
(In Japanese).
[51] Koji KOBUNE, Mutsuo OSATO: “A study of wave height distribution along a breakwater with a
corner”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 15, No. 2, 1976 (In Japanese).
[52] Yoshiyuki ITO, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO: “Meandering damages of composite type breakwaters”,
Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 112, 1971 (In Japanese).
[53] Yoshimi GODA, Tomotsuka YOSHIMURA: “Wave force computation for structures of large
diameter, isolated in the offshore”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 10, No. 4, 1971 (In Japanese).
[54] Yoshimi GODA: “Deformation of irregular waves due to depth-controlled wave breaking” Rept. of
PHRI, Vol. 14, No. 3, 1975 (In Japanese).
[55] Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Yutaka KAMIYAMA, Osamu KIKUCHI: “Wave transformation on a
reef ”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 278, 1977, 32 p. (In Japanese).
[56] Saville, T. Jr.: “Wave run-up on composite slopes”, Proc. 6th Conf. on Coastal Eng., 1958, pp. 691-
699.
[57] Yoshimi GODA, Yasuharu KISHIRA, Yutaka KAMIYAMA: “Laboratory investigation on the
overtopping rate of seawalls by irregular waves”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 14, No. 4, 1975, pp. 3-44 (In
Japanese).
[58] Yoshimi GODA, Yasuharu KISHIRA: “Experiments on irregular wave overtopping characteristics of
low crest types”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 242, 1976, 28 p. (In Japanese).
[59] Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Toshihiko NAGAI, Kazuhiko NISHIDA: “Decrease of wave overtopping
amount due to seawalls of low crest types”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 21, No. 2, 1982, pp. 151 -205 (In
Japanese).
[60] Yoshimi GODA: “Estimation of the rate of irregular wave overtopping of seawalls”, Rept. of PHRI,
Vol. 9, No. 4, 1970, pp. 3-41 (In Japanese).
[61] Tetsuya HIRAISHI, Norio MOCHIZUKI, Kazuo SATO, Haruhiro MARUYAMA, Tsuyoshi
KANAZAWA, Tatsuya MASUMOTO: “Effect of wave directionality on ov ertopping at seawall”,
Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 35, No. 1, 1996, pp. 39-64 (In Japanese).
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬ 364

[62] Michio MORIHIRA, Shusaku KAKIZAKI, Yoshimi GODA: “Experimental investigation of a

curtain-wall breakwater”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 3, No. 1, 1964, pp. 1-27 (In Japanese).
[63] Yoshimi Goda: “Irregular wave deformation in the surf zone”, Constal Engineering in Japan, JSCE,
Vol. 18, 1975, pp. 13-26.
[64] Kazumasa KATOH, Satoshi NAKAMURA, Naota IKEDA: “Estimation of infra gravity waves in
consideration of wave groups - An examination on basis of field observation at HORF -”, Rep. of
PHRI, Vol. 30, No. 1, 1991, pp. 137-163 (In Japanese).
[65] Tetsuya HIRAISHI, Atsuhiro TADOKORO, Hideyoshi FUJISAKU: “Characteristics of long period
waves observed in port”, Rept. of PHRI Vol. 35, No. 3, 1996, pp. 3-36 (In Japanese).
[66] Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Tetsuya HIRAISHI: “Amplification mechanism of harbor oscillation
derived from field observation and numerical simulation”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 636, 1988, 70 p.
(In Japanese).
[67] Tetsuya HIRAISHI, Tokuhiro TADOKORO, Shigenori TAMAKI, Junzo HASEGAWA: “Standard
frequency spectrum of long-period waves for design of port and harbor facilities,” porc. 44th
Japanese Coastal Eng. Corof., 1997, pp. 246-250 (In Japanese).
[68] Shigeru UEDA, Satoru SHIRAISHI, Hiroyuki OSHIMA, Kohei ASANO: “Allowable wave height
and wharf operation efficiency based on the oscillations of ships moored to quay walls”, Tech. Note
of PHRI, No. 779, 1994, 44 p. (In Japanese).
[69] Ertekin, R. C., W. C. Webster and J. V. Wehausen: “Ship generated solitions”, Proc. 15th Symp.
Nav. Hydrodynamic., 1985, pp. 347-364.
[70] Yoshimi GODA: “On the methodology of selecting design wave height”, Proc. 21st Int. Conf.
Coastal Eng., ASCE, 1988, pp. 899-913.
[71] Yoshimi GODA and Koji KOBUNE: “Distribution function fitting to storm waves”, Proc. 22nd Int.
Conf. Coastal Eng., ASCE, 1990, pp. 18-31.
[72] Yoshimi GODA: “Random Waves and Design of Maritime Structures (2nd Edition)”, World
Scientific, Singapore, 2000, Chapter. 11 (Statistical Analysis of Extreme Waves).
[73] Yoshimi GODA: “Statistical variability of s ea state parameters as a function of wave spectrum,”
Coastal Engineering in Japan, JSCE, Vol. 31, No. 1, 1988, pp. 39-52.
[74] Yoshiyuki ITO, Mutsumi Fujishima, Takao KITATANI: “On the stability of breakwaters”, Report of
PHRI, Vol. 5, No. 14, 1966, 134p. (In Japanese).
[75] Yoshimi GODA: “A new method of wave pressure calculation for the design of composite
breakwaters”, Report of PHRI, Vol.12, No. 3, 197 3, pp. 31 -69 (In Japanese), also “New wave
pressure formulae for composite breakwater” Proc. 14th Conf. Coastal Eng., ASCE, 1974, pp.1702-
1720.
[76] Sainflou, G.: “Essai sur les diques Maritimes verticals”, Annales des Ponts et Chaussées, Vol. 98,
No. 1, 1928, pp. 5-48.
[77] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Katsutoshi KIMURA, Antonio Paulo dos Santos Pinto: “Random wave
forces and design wave periods of composite breakwaters under the action of double peaked spectral
waves”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 25, No. 2, 1986, pp. 3-25 (In Japanese).
[78] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Katsutoshi KIMURA: “A hydraulic experimental study on t rapezoidal
caisson breakwaters”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 528, 1985 (In Japanese).
[79] Yoshimi GODA, Shusaku KAKIZAKI: “Study on finite amplitude standing waves and their
pressures upon a vertical wall”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 5, No. 10, 1966, pp. 1-57 (In Japanese).
 365 ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

[80] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Takao KITATANI: “Experimental study of impact
breaking wave forces on a vertical-wall caisson of composite breakwater”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 20,
No. 2, 1981, pp. 3-39 (In Japanese).
[81] Mitsuyasu, H.: “Experimental study on wave force against a wall”, Report of Trans. Tech. Res. Inst,
No. 47, 1962, pp. 1-39.
[82] Michio MORIHIRA, Shusaku KAKIZAKI, Toru KIKUYA: “Experimental study on w ave force
damping effects due to deformed artificial blocks”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 6, No. 4, 1967, pp. 3-31 (In
Japanese).
[83] Yoshimi GODA, Suketo HARANAKA: “An experiment on the shock pressure of breaking waves”,
Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 32, 1967, pp. 1-18 (In Japanese).
[84] Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Satoshi SUZUMURA: “Generation mechanism of
impulsive pressure by breaking wave on a vertical wall”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 22, No. 4, 1983, pp.
3-31 (In Japanese).
[85] Yoshimi GODA: “Motion of composite breakwater on e lastic foundation under the action of
impulsive breaking wave pressure”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 12, No. 3, 1973, pp. 3-29 (In Japanese).
[86] Katsutosi TANIMOTO, Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Kazuyuki MYOSE: “Experimental study of random
wave forces on upright sections of breakwaters”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 23, No. 3, 1984, pp. 47-100
(In Japanese).
[87] Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Ken-ichirou SHIMOSAKO: “Wave and block
forces on a caisson covered with wave dissipating blocks”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 29, No. 1, 1990, pp.
54-75 (In Japanese).
[88] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Roshi OJIMA: “Experimental study of wave forces acting on a
superstructure of s loping breakwaters and on block type composite breakwaters”, Tech. Note of
PHRI, No. 450, 1983 (In Japanese).
[89] Yoshiyuki ITO, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO: “Meandering damages of composite type breakwaters”,
Tech. Note of PHRI, No.112, 1971 (In Japanese).
[90] Yoshimi GODA, Tomotsuka YOSHIMURA, Masahiko ITO: “Reflection and diffraction of water
waves by an insular breakwater”, Tech. Note of PHRI, 10, No. 2, 1971, pp. 3-52 (In Japanese).
[91] Yoshiyuki ITO, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Koji KOBUNE, Takao KITATANI, Masahiko
TODOROKI: “An experimental investigation of upright breakwaters at reefs”, Tech. Note of PHRI,
No. 189, 1974 (In Japanese).
[92] Coastal Engineering Research Center: “Shore Protection Manual” Vol. II, US Army Corps of
Engineers, 1984.
[93] Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Ken-ichirou SHIMOSAKO, Hitoshi SASAKI: “Experimental study on wave
forces acting on perforated wall caisson breakwaters”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 30, No. 4, 1991, pp. 3 -
34 (In Japanese).
[94] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Suketo HARANAKA, Eiji TOMIDA, Yoshikazu IZUMIDA, Satoshi
SUZUMURA: “A hydraulic experimental study on curved slit caisson breakwaters”, Report of PHRI,
Vol. 19, No. 4, 1980, pp. 3-53 (In Japanese).
[95] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Tsutomu MURANAGA “Uplift forces on a ceiling
slab of wave dissipating caisson with a permeable front wall - analytical model for compression of an
enclosed air layer -”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 19, No. 1, 1980, pp. 3-31 (In Japanese).
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬ 366

[96] Sigeo TAKAHASHI, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO: “Uplift forces on a ceiling slab of wave dissipating
caisson with a permeable front wall (2nd Report) - field data analysis -”, Report of PHRI, Vol.23,
No.2, 1984, pp. 3-25 (In Japanese).
[97] Hudson, R. Y.: “Laboratory investigation of rubble-mound breakwater”, Proc. ASCE. Vol. 85, No.
WW3., 1959, pp. 93-121.
[98] Van der Meer, J. W.: “Rock slopes and gravel beaches under wave attack”, Doctoral thesis, Delft
Univ. of Tech., 1988, 152p. or Van der Meer, J. W.: “Stability of breakwater armor layer
[99] Design equations”, Coastal Engineering, 11, 1987, pp. 219239.
[100] Van der Meer, J. W.: “Stability of cubes, Tetra pods and Accropode”, Proc. of Breakwater '88,
Eastbourne, UK., 1988, pp. 7180.
[101] Burcharth, H. F. and Z. Liu: “Design of Dolos armor units”, Proc. 23rd Int. Conf. Coastal Eng.,
Venice, 1992, pp. 10531066.
[102] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Suketo HARANAKA, Kazuo YAMAZAKI: “Experimental study on the
stability of wave dissipating concrete blocks against irregular waves”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 24,
No. 2, 1985, pp. 86-121 (In Japanese).
[103] Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Minoru HANZAWA, Hirokazu SATO, Michio GOMYO, Ken-ichiro
SHIMOSAKO, Kiyoshi TERAUCHI, Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO:
“Lifetime damage estimation with a new stability equation for concrete blocks - study on w ave-
dissipating concrete blocks covering horizontally composite breakwaters, the first rept. -”, Report
of PHRI, Vol. 38, No. 1, 1998, pp. 3-28 (In Japanese).
[104] Van de Kreeke, J.: “Damage function of rubble mound breakwaters”, Jour. Waterway and Harbors
Div., Vol. 95, No.WW3, ASCE., 1969, pp. 345-354.
[105] Christensen, F. T., P. C. Broberg, S. E. Sand, and P. Tryde: “Behavior of rubble-mound breakwater
in directional and unidirectional waves”, Coastal Eng., Vol. 8, 1984, pp. 265-278.
[106] Brebner, A. and D. Donnelly: “Laboratory study of rubble foundations for vertical breakwaters”,
Proc. 8th Conf. Coastal Eng., New Mexico City, 1962, pp. 408-429.
[107] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Tadahiko YAGYU, Tsutomu MURANAGA, Kozo SHIBATA, Yoshimi
GODA: “Stability of armor units for foundation mounds of composite breakwater by irregular
wave tests”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 21, No. 3, 1982, pp. 3-42 (In Japanese).
[108] Hirofumi INAGAKI, Takeo KATAYAMA: “Analysis of damage to armor stones of mounds in
composite breakwaters”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 127, 1971, pp. 1-22 (In Japanese).
[109] Sigeo TAKAHASHI, Katsutoshi KIMURA, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO: “stability of armour units of
composite breakwater mound against oblique waves”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 29, No. 2, 1990, pp. 3-
36 (In Japanese).
[110] Morison, J. R., M. P. O'Brien, J. W. Johonson, and S. A. Schaaf: “The force exerted by surface
waves on piles”, Petroleum Trans., 189, TP2846, 1950, pp. 149-154.
[111] Yoshimi GODA, Suketo HARANAKA, Masaki KITAHARA: “Study of impulsive breaking wave
forces on piles”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 5, No. 6, 1966, pp. 1-30 (In Japanese).
[112] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Tadao KANEKO, Keisuke SHIOTA, Koichiro
OGURA: “Experimental study on impulsive forces by breaking waves on circular cylinder”,
Report of PHRI, Vol. 25, No. 2, 1986, pp. 33-87 (In Japanese).
[113] Yoshiyuki ITO, Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Koji KOBUNE: “Dynamic response of an offshore
platform to random waves”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 11, No. 3, 1972, pp. 59-86 (In Japanese).
 367 ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

[114] Stelson, T. E. and F. T. Mavis: “Virtual mass and acceleration in fluids”, Proc. ASCE., Vol. 81,
Separate No. 670, 1955, pp. 670-1 ~ ~~ ~ 670-9.
[115] Keulegan, G. H. and L. H. Carpenter: “Forces on cylinders and plates in an oscillating fluid”, Jour.
National Bureau of Standards, Vol. 60 No. 5, 1958, pp. 423-440.
[116] Sarpkaya, T.: “Forces on cylinders and spheres in a sinusoidally oscillating fluid”, Jour. Applied
Mechanics, Trans. ASME, Vol. 42, No. 1, 1975, pp. 32-37.
[117] Sarpkaya, T.: “In-line and transverse forces on cylinders in oscillatory flow at high Reynolds
number”, Prepr. 8th Offshore Tech. Conf., Vol. II, 1976, pp. 95-108.
[118] Sarpkaya, T., N. J. Collins, and S. R. Evans: “Wave forces on rough-walled cylinders at high
Reynolds numbers”, Prepr. 9th Offshore Tech. Conf., Vol. III, No.2901, 1977, pp. 167-184.
[119] Goda, Y.: “Wave forces on a vertical circular cylinder: Experiments and proposed method of wave
force computation”, Report of P. H. T. R. I., No. 8, 1964, 74p.
[120] Chakrabarti, S. K., A. L. Wollbert, and A. T. William: “Wave forces on vertical circular cylinder”,
Jour. Waterways, Harbors and Coastal Eng. Div., Vol. 102, No. WW2, ASCE, 1976, pp. 203-221.
[121] Chakrabarti, S. K.: “Inline forces on fixed vertical cylinder in waves”, Jour. Waterway, Port,
Coastal and Ocean Div., Vol. 106, WW2, ASCE, 1980, pp. 145-155.
[122] Kim, Y. Y. and H. C. Hibbard: “Analysis of simultaneous wave force and water particle velocity
measurements”, Prepr. 7th OTC, Vol. 1, No. 2192, 1975, pp. 461-469.
[123] Borgman, L. E.: “Spectral analysis of ocean wave forces on pi lling”, Proc. ASCE, Vol. 93 No.
WW2, 1967, pp. 129-156.
[124] Borgman, L. E.: “Ocean wave simulation for engineering design”, Proc. ASCE, Vol. 95 No. WW4,
1969, pp. 557-583.
[125] Hudspeth, R. T.: “Wave force prediction from non-linear random sea simulation”, Prepr. 7th OTC,
No.2193, 1975, pp. 471- 486.
[126] Sharma, J. and R. G. Dean: “Second-order directional seas and associated wave forces”, Prepr. 11th
OTC, No.3645, 1979, pp. 2505-2514.
[127] Tickell, R. G. and M. H. S. Elwany: “A probabilistic description of forces on a member in a short-
crested random sea”, ‘Mechanics of Wave-Induced Forces on Cylinders’, Pitman Pub. Ltd.,
London, 1979, pp. 561-576.
[128] Yoshimi GODA, Tatsuhiko IKEDA, Tadashi SASADA, Yasuharu KISHIRA: “Study on de sign
wave forces on circular cylinders erected upon reefs”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 11, No. 4, 1972, pp.
45-81 (In Japanese).
[129] Sarpkaya, T. and M. Isaacson: “Mechanics of Wave Forces on Offshore Structure”, Van Nostrand
Reinhold Co., 1981, 651p.
[130] Yamamoto, T., and J. H. Nath: “Forces on many cylinders near a plane boundary”, ASCE, National
Water Resources and Ocean Engineering Convention, Preprint No. 2633, 1976.
[131] Sarpkaya, T.: “In-line and transverse forces on cylinders near a wall in oscillatory flow at high
Reynolds numbers”, Prepr. 9th OTC Paper No. 2898, 1977, pp. 161-166.
[132] Sarpkaya, T. and F. Rajabi.: “Hydrodynamic drag on bottom-mounted smooth and rough cylinders
in periodic flow”, Prepr.12th OTC Paper No. 3761, 1980, pp. 219-226.
[133] MacCamy, R. C. and R. A. Fuchs: “Wave forces on piles, a diffraction theory”, U. S. Army Corps
of Engineers, Beach Erosion Board, Tech. Memo. No. 69, 1954, 17p.
[134] Yoshimi GODA, Tomotsuka YOSHIMURA: “Wave force computation for structures of large
diameter, isolated in the offshore”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 10, No. 4, 1971, pp. 3-52 (In Japanese).
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬ 368

[135] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Yoshikazu IZUMIDA: “A calculation method of

uplift force on a horizontal platform”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 17, N o. 2, 19 78, pp. 3 -47 (In
Japanese).
[136] Yoshiyuki ITO, Hideaki TAKEDA: “Uplift on pi er deck due to wave motion”, Report of PHRI,
Vol. 6, No. 4, 1967, pp. 37-68 (In Japanese).
[137] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Masahiko TODOROKI, Yoshikazu IZUMIDA:
“Horizontal wave forces on a rigid platform”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 16, No. 3, 1977, pp. 39-68 (In
Japanese).
[138] IPCC: “Climate Change 1995”, IPCC Second Assessment Report, The Science of Climate Change,
1995, 572p.
[139] Toshihiko NAGAI, Kazuteru SUGAHARA, Hiroshi WATANABE, Koji KAWAGUCHI: “Long
team observation of the mean tide level and lond waves at the Kurihama-Bay”, Report of PHRI,
Vol. 35, No. 4, 1996. (In Japanese).
[140] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Kazuo MURAKAMI, Shigeru MURATA,
Hiroiti TSURUYA, Shigeo TAKAHASHI, Masayuki MORIKAWA, Yasutoshi YOSHIMOTO,
Susumu NAKANO, Tetsuya HIRAISHI: “Field and laboratory investigations of the tsunami caused
by 1983 Nihonkai Chubu Earthquake”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 470, 1983, 299p. (In Japanese).
[141] Chiaki GOTO, Kazuo SATO: “Development of tsunami numerical simulation system for Sanriku
Coast in Japan”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 32, No. 2, 1995. (In Japanese).
[142] Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Tetsuya HIRAISHI: “Hydraulic model tests on tsunamis at Suzaki
Port”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 549, 1986, 131p. (In Japanese).
[143] Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Norihiro NAGAI, Tetsuya HIRAISHI: “The numerical calculation of
tsunami in Tokyo Bay”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 454, 1986, 131p.(In Japanese).
[144] Toshihoko NAGAI, Noriaki HASHIMOTO, Tetsuya HIRAISHI, Katsuyoshi SHIMIZU:
“Characteristics of the HokkaidoEast-off-Earthquake Tsunami”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 802,
1995, 97p. (In Japanese).
[145] Koji KOBUNE, Toshihiko NAGAI, Noriaki HASHIMOTO, Tetsuya HIRAISHI, Katsuyoshi
SHIMIZU “Characteristics of the Irianjaya Earthquake Tsunami in 1996”, Tech. Note of PHRI,
No. 842, 1996, 96p. (In Japanese).
[146] Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Tetsuya HIRAISHI: “Amplification mechanism of ha rbor oscillation
derived from field observation and numerical simulation”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 636, 1988 ,
70p. (In Japanese).
[147] Honda, K., T. Terada, and D. Ishitani: “Secondary undulation of oceanic tides”, Philosophical
Magazine, Vol.15,1908, pp.88126.
[148] Ippen, A.T. and Y. Goda: “Wave-induced oscillations in harbors: the solution for a rectangular
harbor connected to the open sea,” M.I.T. Hydrodynamics Lab. Report No.59, 1963, 90p.
[149] Todd, D. K.: “Groundwater Hydrology”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1963.
[150] Yoshihiro SHOJI, Masaharu KUMEDA, Yukiharu TOMITA: “Experiments on seepage through
interlocking joints of sheet pile”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 21, No. 4, 1982, pp. 41-82 (In Japanese).
[151] Kazuo MURAKAMI, Masayuki MORIKAWA, Tatsuya SAKAGUCHI: “Wind effect and water
discharge effect on constant flow - discussion using observation data at off-Sennan (1978-1981) -”,
Report of PHRI, Vol. 21, No. 4, 1982, pp. 3-39 (In Japanese).
[152] Masch, F. D.: “Mixing and dispersion of wastes by wind and wave action”, ‘Advances in Water
Pollution Research,’ Proc. Int. Conf., Vol. 3, 1962, pp. 145-168.
 369 ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

[153] Longuet-Higgins, M.S. and R.W. Stewart: “Radiation stress and mass transport in gravity waves,
with application to ‘ surf beat’”, J. Fluid Mech., Vol. 13, 1962, pp. 481-504.
[154] Bowen, A. J., D. L. Inman, and V. P. Simons: “Wave ‘set-down’ and ‘set-up’”, J. Geophs. Res.
Vol. 73, 1968, pp. 2569-2577.
[155] Kazumasa KATOH, Shin-ichi YANAGISHIMA, Tomoyoshi ISOGAMI, Hiroyuki MURAKAMI:
“Wave set-up near the shoreline - field observation at HORF -”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 28, No. 1,
1989, pp. 3-41 (In Japanese).
[156] Yoshimi GODA: “Deformation of irregular waves due to depth-controlled wave breaking”, Report
of PHRI, Vol. 14, No. 3, 1975, pp. 59-106 (In Japanese), also “Irregular wave deformation in the
surf zone”, Coastal Engineering in Japan, JSCE, Vol.18, 1975, pp.13-26.
[157] Katsutoshi TANIMOTO, Katsutoshi KIMURA, Keiji MIYAZAKI: “Study on stability of
submerged disk at the opening section of tsunami protection breakwaters”, Report of PHRI, Vol.
27, No. 4, 1988, pp. 93-121 (In Japanese).
[158] Coastal Engineering Research Center: “Shore Protection Manual”, Vol. II, U.S. Army Corps of
Engineering, 1977
[159] Tomotsuka TAKAYAMA, Tetsuya HIRAISHI, Masami FURUKAWA, Kunihisa SAO, Shin-
ichiro TACHINO: “Field observation of motions of a SALM buoy and tensions of mooring
hawsers”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 542, 1985, 38 p. (in
[160] Japanese).
[161] Yoshiyuki ITO, Shigeru CHIBA: “An approximate theory of floating breakwaters”, Report of
PHRI, Vol. 11, No. 2, 1972, pp. 15-28 (In Japanese).
[162] Shigeru UEDA, Satoru SHIRAISHI: “Method and its evaluation for computation of moored ship’s
motions”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 22, No. 4, 1983, pp. 181-218 (In Japanese).
[163] Yasumasa SUZUKI, Kazuyuki MOROISHI: “On the motions of sh ips moored to single-point
mooring systems”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 21, No. 2, 1982, pp. 107-150 (In Japanese).
[164] Yasumasa SUZUKI: “Study on the design of single point buoy mooring”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No.
829, 1996, 48 p. (In Japanese).
[165] Sigeru UEDA: “Analytical method of ship motions moored to quay walls and the applications”,
Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 504, 1984, 372 p. (In Japanese).
[166] J. W. Johnson: “The refraction of surface waves by current”, Trans. A. G. V., Vol. 28, No. 6, 1947.
[167] Longuet-Higgins, M. S., and R. W. Stewart: “The change in amplitude of short gravity waves on
steady non-uniform currents”, J. Fluid Mech., Vol. 10, 1952, pp. 529-549.
[168] Yu, Yi-Yuan: “Breaking of waves by an opposing current”, Trans. A. G. U., Vol. 33, No. 1, 1950.
[169] Arthur, R. S.: “Refraction of shallow water wave - The combined effect of current and underwater
topography -”, Trans. A. G. U., Vol. 31, 1950, pp. 549-552.
[170] Sakai, T., F. Hirosue, and Y. Inagaki: “Wave directional spectra change due to underwater
topography and current”, Proc. Fifth International Offshore Mechanics and Arctic Engineering
(OMAE) Symposium, Vol. 1, 1986, pp. 59-65.
[171] De Vlieger, H. and J. De Cloedt: “Navy tracker: a giant step forward in tactics and economics of
maintenance dredging”, Terra et Aqua 35, December 1987, pp. 2-18.
[172] PIANC: “Navigation in muddy areas”, Excerpt from Bulletin No. 43(1982‫ ﺇ‬- 1983), Report of
Working Group 3-a, 1983, PIANC, Brussels.
[173] Koji ISHIZUKA, Takashi NEMOTO: “Development of m ud layer density meter using radio
isotope”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 30, No. 4, 1991, pp. 85-109 (In Japanese).
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬ 370

[174] Van Leussen, W. and J. Dronkers: “Physical process in estuaries: An introduction”, in J. Dronkers
and W. van Leussen (ed), “Physical Processes in Estuaries”, Springer-Verlag, 1988, 560 p.
[175] Krone, R. B.: “Flume studies of the transport of sediment in estuarial shoaling processes”,
University of California, Hydraulic Engineering Lab. and Sanitary Research Lab., Barkeley, 1962,
110 p.
[176] Kirby, R. and W. R. Parker: “Seabed density measurements related to echo sounder records”, The
Dock and Harbour Authority, Vol. LIV, No. 641, 1974, pp. 423-424.
[177] Tsuruya, H.: “Cohesive sediment transport model and its application to approach channels and
anchorages in estuarine ports”, Seminar Text on Maritime Infrastructure Development, Langkawi,
Malaysia, November 1995, pp. 39-53.
[178] Shoji SATO: “A study of littoral drift related to harbor construction”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 5,
1962, 156p. (In Japanese).
[179] Sato, S. and N. Tanaka: “Field investigation on sand drift at Port Kashima facing the Pacific
Ocean”, Proc. 10th Int. Conf. Coastal Eng., ASCE, 1966.
[180] Savage, R. P.: “Laboratory determination of littoral-transport rate”, Proc. of ASCE., Vol. 88, No.
WW2, 1962.
[181] U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Coastal Engineering Research Center: “Shore Protection Manual”,
Vol. 1, 1977.
[182] Katoh, K., N. Tanaka and I. Irie: “Field observation on suspended-load in the surf zone”, Proc. 19th
Int. Conf. Coastal Eng., 1984, pp. 1846-1862.
[183] Komar, P. D.: “Beach Process and Sedimentation”, Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1976.
[184] Isao IRIE, Kazuo NADAOKA, Takamichi KONDO, Kenji TERASAKI: “Two dimensional seabed
scour in front of breakwaters by standing waves - a study from the standpoint of bed load
movement -”, Rept. PHRI, Vol. 23, No. 1, 1984, pp. 3-52 (In Japanese).
[185] Hiroaki OZASA, Alan H. BRAMPTOM: “Models for predicting the shoreline evolution of beaches
backed by seawalls”, Rept. PHRI, Vol. 18, No. 4, 1979, pp. 77-103 (In Japanese).
[186] Japanese Geotechnical Society: “Revised Standard of Japanese Geotechnical Society and
Commentary, Engineering Classification Method for Subsoil Material (Japanese Unified Soil
Classification System)”, Nov., 1996 (In Japanese).
[187] K. Terzaghi, and P. B. Peck: “Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice”, John Wiley and Sons Inc.,
New York, 1948, p. 44.
[188] Akio NAKASE, Masaki KOBAYASHI, Akio KANECHIKA: “Undrained shear strength and
deformation modulus of clays”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 11, No. 2, 1972, pp. 243-259 (In Japanese).
[189] Masato MIKASA: “Consolidation of Soft Clay”, Kajima Publisher, 1996 (In Japanese).
[190] Yasufumi UMEHARA: “Study on the consolidation characteristics of soils and consolidation test
methods”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 469, 1983 (In Japanese).
[191] Takashi TSUCHIDA, Jun-ichi MIZUKAMI, Ken OIKAWA, Yoshio MORI: “New method for
determining undrained strength of clayey ground by means of unconfined compression test and
triaxial test”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 23, No. 3, 1989, pp. 81-145 (In Japanese).
[192] Takashi TSUCHIDA: “Study on determination of underained strength of clayey ground by mean of
triaxial tests”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 688, 1991 (In Japanese).
[193] Japanese Geotechnical Society: “Method for Consolidated Undrained Box Shear Test of Soil” in
“Newly Established Standard of Japanese Geotechnical Society and Commentary Ⅳ (1997
version)”, pp.15-58 (In Japanese).
 371 ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

[194] Hiroyuki TANAKA, Masanori TANAKA: “Determination of undrained shear strength of clayey
ground measured by vane shear tests”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 33, No. 4, 1994, pp. 1-17 (In Japanese).
[195] Susumu KURATA and Toshio FUJISHITA: Studies on t he engineering properties of sand-clay
mixture, Rept. Of Transportation Technical Research Institute, Vol. 11, N o. 9, 1961, 36 p. ( In
Japanese).
[196] Hiroyuki TANAKA, Motoo SAKAKIBARA, Kenji GOTO, Kouji SUZUKI, Takeshi
FUKAZAWA: “Properties of Japa nese normally consolidated marine clays obtained from static
piezocone penetration test”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 31, No. 4, 1992, pp. 61-92 (In Japanese).
[197] Masaki KOBAYASHI, Takashi TSUCHIDA and Takeshi KAMEI: “Intermediate soil-sand or
clay?-”, Geotech. Note 2, Japanese Geotechnical Society, 1992 (In Japanese).
[198] Takashi TSUCHIDA, Masaki KOBAYASHI, Shusuke IFUKU and Isao FUKUDA: “Engineering
properties of coral soils In Japanese South Western Islands”, Int. Conf. on Calcarious Soils, 1988.
[199] Takashi TSUCHIDA: “Consolidation, compression and permeability characteristics of intermediate
soil and mixture”, Soils and Foundations, Vol. 41, No. 7, 1993 (In Japanese).
[200] Akio NAKASE, Masaru KATSUNO, Masaki KOBAYASHI: “Unconfined compression strength
of soils of intermediate grading between sand and clay”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 11, No. 4, 1972 (In
Japanese).
[201] Hiroyuki TANAKA, Masanori TANAKA and Takashi TSUCHIDA: “Strength characteristics of
naturally deposited intermediate soil”, Jour. JSCE, No. 589/ Ⅲ-42, 1998 (In Japanese).
[202] G. G. Meyerhof: “Discussion on soil properties and their measurement”, Discussion2, Proc. of the
4th International Conference on Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Vol. 3, 1957, p. 110.
[203] Japanese Geotechnical Society: “Method of Ground Investigation”, 1995, 191 p. (In Japanese).
[204] Hiroyuki TANAKA, Masanori TANAKA: “A site investigation method using cone penetration and
dilatometer tests”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 837, 1996 (In Japanese).
[205] Kenji ISHIHARA: “Fundamentals of Geodynamics”, Kajima Publishers, pp. 7-34, 1976 (In
Japanese).
[206] Japanese Geotechnical Society: “Method of Soil Testing and Commentary”, 1990, pp. 421-450. (In
Japanese).
[207] Coastal Development Institute of Technology: “Handbook on L iquefaction Remediation of
Reclaimed Land (Revised Edition)”, 1997, pp. 114-136. (In Japanese).
[208] Hironao TAKAHASHI, Takashi NAKAMOTO, Hisanori YOSHIMURA: “Analysis of m aritime
transportation in KOBE Port after the 1995 H YOGOKEN-NANBU Earthquake”, Tech. Note of
PHRI, No. 861, 1997 (In Japanese).
[209] Tatsuo UWABE, Setsuo NODA, Eiichi KURATA: “Characteristics of vertical components of
strong-motion accelerograms and effects of vertical ground motion on stability of gravity type quay
walls”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 15, No. 2, 1976 (In Japanese).
[210] Atsushi NOZU, Tatsuo UWABE, Yukihiro SATO, Takumi SHINOZAWA: “Relation between
seismic coefficient and peak ground acceleration estimated from attenuation relations”, Tech. Note
of PHRI, No. 893, 1997 (In Japanese).
[211] Setuo NODA, Tatsuo UWABE, Tadaki CHIBA: “Relation between seismic coefficient and ground
acceleration for gravity quay wall”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 14, No. 4, 1975 (In Japanese).
[212] Masafumi MIYATA, Yukihiro SATO, Koji ICHII, Toshikazu MORITA, Susumu IAI: “Annual
report on strong-motion earthquake records In Japanese ports (1994)”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No.
840, 1996 (In Japanese).
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬ 372

[213] Hajime TSUCHIDA, Eiichi KURATA, Tokuzo ISHIZAKA, Satoshi HAYASHI: “Average
response spectra for various site conditions”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 12, No. 4, 1973 (In Japanese).
[214] Shoichi KITAJIMA, Tatsuo UWABE: “Analysis on seismic damage in anchored sheet-piling
bulkheads”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 18, No. 1, 1979 (In Japanese).
[215] Sosuke KITAZAWA, Tatsuo UWABE, Norihiro HIGAKI: “Expected values of maximum base
rock accelerations along coasts of Japan”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 486, 1984 (In Japanese).
[216] Eiichi KURATA, Tokuzo ISHIZAKA, Hajime TSUCHIDA: “Site characteristics of strong-motion
earthquake stations in ports and harbours in Japan (Part Ⅲ )”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 156, 1973
(In Japanese).
[217] Hajime TSUCHIDA, Susumu IAI, Eiichi KURATA: “Analysis of earthquake ground motions
observed with two dimensional seismometer array (First Report) - North Tokyu Bay Earthquake of
June 4, 1977 -”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 22, No. 2, 1983 (In Japanese).
[218] Susumu IAI, Eiichi KURATA, Hajime TSUCHIDA: “Digitization and corrections of strong-
motion accelerograms”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 286, 1978 (In Japanese).
[219] Tatsuo UWABE: “Base rock motion around the pacific coasts in Tohoku district - Design
earthquake ground motion of Kamaishi breakwater”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 412, 1982 ( In
Japanese).
[220] Schnabel, P. B., Lysmer, J., and Seed, H. B.: “SHAKE - A computer program for earthquake
response analysis of hor izontally layered site”, Report No. EERC72-12, College of Engineering,
University of California, Berkeley, 1972.
[221] Lysmer, J., Udaka, T, Tsai, C. F., and Seed, H. B.: “FLUSH - A computer program of approximate
3-D analysis of soil - structure interaction problems”, Report No. EERC 75-30, University of
California at Berkeley, 1975.
[222] Tatsuo UWABE, Setsuo NODA, Tadaki CHIBA, Norihiro HAGAKI: “Coupled hydrodynamic
response characteristics and water pressures of large composite breakwaters”, Report of PHRI, Vol.
20, No. 4, 1981 (In Japanese).
[223] Susumu IAI, Yasuo MATSUNAGA, Tomohiro KAMEOKA: “Parameter identification for a cyclic
mobility model”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 29, No. 4, 1990 (In Japanese).
[224] Susumu IAI, Yasuo MATSUNAGA, Tomohiro KAMEOKA: “Strain space plasticity model for
cyclic mobility”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 29, No. 4, 1990 (In Japanese).
[225] Takamasa INATOMI, Ikuki YOKOHAMA, Motoki KANAZAWA: “One-dimensional nonlinear
dynamic ground response analyses”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 561, 1986 (In Japanese).
[226] ISHIHARA, K., YOSHIDA, N. and TSUJINO, S.: “Modeling of stress - strain relations of soils in
cyclic loading”, Proc. Of 5th Conf. on N umerical Methods in Geomechanics, Nagoya, Vol. 1,
1985, pp. 373-380.
[227] Finn, W. D. L., Martin, G. R., and Lee, M. K. W.: “Comparison of dynamic analyses for saturated
sands”, Proc. ASCE, Earthquake Engineering and Soil Dynamics, Vol. 1, 1978, pp. 472-491.
[228] HOUSNER, G. W.: “Behavior of structures during an earthquake”, Proc. of ASCE, Vol. 85, No.
EM4, 1959.
[229] Susumu IAI, Tomohiro KAMEOKA: “Analysis of deformation in sheet pile quay wall due to
liquefaction”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 30, No. 2, 1991 (In Japanese).
[230] Susumu IAI, Koji ICHII, Toshikazu MORITA: “ Effective stress analysis on a caisson type quay
wall - mechanism of damage to port facilities during 1995 Hyogoken-Nanbu Earthquake (Part Ⅶ)”,
Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 813, pp. 253-280 (In Japanese)
 373 ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

[231] Noda, S., Tsuchid, H. and Kurata, E.: “Dynamic tests of soil embankments”, 5th WCEE, 1973.
[232] Osamu KIYOMIYA, Shigeo NAKAYAMA, Hajime TSUCHIDA: “Observations of dynamic
response of Kinuura submerged tunnel during an earthquakes and dynamic response analysis”,
Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 221, 1975 (In Japanese).
[233] Takamasa INATOMI, Satoshi HAYASHI, Ikuhiko YAMASHITA: “Vibration characteristics of
the open type steel piled wharf with container crane”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 12, No. 2, 197 3 (In
Japanese).
[234] Susumi IAI, Hajime TSUCHIDA: “Earthquake response analysis of floating type structures”, Tech.
Note of PHRI, No. 337, 1980 (In Japanese).
[235] Tatsuo UWABE, Hajime TSUCHIDA, Eiichi KURATA: “Coupled hydrodynamic response
analysis based on strong motion earthquake records of fill type breakwater in deep sea”, Rept. of
PHRI, Vol. 22, No. 2, 1983 (In Japanese).
[236] Motoki KAZAMA, Takamasa INATOMI, Toshihiro IMAMURA: “Observation and analysis of
seismic response grid type improved ground by deep mixing method”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 22,
No. 4, 1983 (In Japanese).
[237] Hiromasa FUKUUCHI, Nobuo MIYAJIMA, Ikuo YAMASHITA: “Studies on the vibration
characteristics of fill-type embankments”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 5, No. 3, 1966 (In Japanese).
[238] Hideo ARAI, Yasuhumi UMEHARA: “Vibration of dry sand layers”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 6, No. 5,
1969 (In Japanese).
[239] Hideo ARAI, Yasuhumi UMEHARA: “Vibration of saturated sand layers”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 8,
No. 1, 1969 (In Japanese).
[240] Hideo ARAI, Toshiyuki YOKOI: “On the earthquake resistance of anchored sheet-pile walls (1st
Report) - Model vibration tests of anchored sheet-pile walls in dry sand”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 4,
No. 9, 1965 (In Japanese)
[241] Tatsuo UWABE, Sosuke KITAZAWA, Norihiro HIGAKI: “Shaking table tests and circular arc
analysis for large models of embankment on saturated sand layers”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 24, No.
2, 1985 (In Japanese)
[242] Takuji NAKANO, Kenji MORI: “Earthquake-resistant calculation and dynamic model test on
trench type tunnel”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 172, 1973 (In Japanese)
[243] Takamasa INATOMI, Motoki KAZAMA, Toshihiro IMAMURA: “An experimental study on the
earthquake resistance of wall type improved ground by deep mixing method”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol.
22, No. 3, 1983 (In Japanese).
[244] Setsuo NODA, Sosuke KITAZAWA, Takeshi IIDA, Nobuo MORI, Hiroshi TABUCHI: “An
experimental study on the earthquake of steel plate cellular-bulkheads with embedment”, Report of
PHRI, Vol. 21, No. 3, 1982 (In Japanese).
[245] Takashi SUGANO, Masaaki MITOH, Ken OIKAWA: “Mechanism of da mage to port facilities
during 1995 H yogoken-Nanbu Earthquake (Part Ⅵ ) - experimental study on t he behavior of
caisson type quay wall during an earthquake using underwater shaking table”, Tech. Note of PHRI,
No. 813, 1995 (In Japanese).
[246] Osamu KIYOMIYA, Hideo NISHIZAWA, Hiroshi YOKOTA: “Field observation and response
analysis at Kawasaki Port submerged tunnel”, Report of PHRI, Vol. 22, No. 3, 1983 (In Japanese).
[247] Setsuo NODA, Tatsuo UWABE: “Micro tremor measurement on sea banks”, Tech. Note of PHRI,
No. 205, 1975 (In Japanese).
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬ 374

[248] Takamasa INATOMI, Motoki KAZAMA, Toshihiro IMAMURA: “An experimental study on the
earthquake resistance of wall type improved ground by deep mixing method”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol.
22, No. 3, 1983 (In Japanese).
[249] Newmark, N. M.: “Effects of earthquakes on dams and embankments”, Geo technique, Vol. 15,
No. 2, 1965.
[250] Hajime TSUCHIDA, Ken-ichiro MINAMI, Osamu KIYOMIYA, Eiichi KURATA, Hideo
NISHIZAWA: “Stress of buried pipe during an earthquake based on two dimensional seismometer
array observation”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 20, No. 4, 1981 (In Japanese).
[251] Tatsuo UWABE, Norihiro HIGAKI: “An experimental study on sliding block in water during an
earthquake”, Rept. of PHRI, Vol. 23, No. 3, 1984 (In Japanese).
[252] Hiroyuki YAMAZAKI, Kouki ZEN, Fumikatsu KOIKE: “Study of the liquefaction prediction
based on t he grain distribution and the SPT N-value”, Tech. Note of PHRI, No. 914, 1998 ( In
Japanese).
[253] H. M. Westergaard: “Water pressures on dams during earthquakes”, Transactions of ASCE, No.
1835, 1933, pp. 418-472
‫‪355‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫ﻭﺍژﻩﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
 377
Abnormal water levels................. ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﺏ‬
Abrasion resistance............................. ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬
Absorbing caissons .......................... ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ‬
Access bridge ......................................... ‫ﭘﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬
Accidental load ........................................ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ‬
Active earth pressure ....................... ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
Active load ............................................... ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
Actual mooring lines ..................... ‫ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
Additional lane ....................................... ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
Adjusting tower ...................................... ‫ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
Administration& operation facilities ..................
............................................. ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
Ae (air entrained) concrete ...................... ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺪﺍﺭ‬
Afforestation works .......................... ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Air-cushion vehicle ............. ‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻚ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
Air-cushion vehicle landing facilities.................
..... ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻚ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
Alarm systems ............................ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
Alignment of breakwater .................... ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
Alkali-aggregate reaction .......... ‫ ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬-‫ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
Allowable axial bearing capacity of piles...........
....................................... ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎ‬
Allowable axial compressive stress ....................
................................................ ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
Allowable bearing capacity ........... ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
Allowable bending compressive stress ...............
................................................ ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
Allowable bond stress ................... ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬
Allowable displacement ductility factor.............
......................................‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﻜﻞﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
Allowable displacement for the sheet pile crown
................................................ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﭙﺮ‬
Allowable limit for expected sliding distance ....
................................................. ‫ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ‬
Allowable overtopping ......................... ‫ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
Allowable pulling resistance of piles .................
................................................ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Allowable shear resistance force ........................
................................................ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
Allowable shearing stress .................. ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
Allowable stress method.................... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
Allowable stresses .................................... ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
Allowable tensile stress ................... ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
Allowable upward displacement ........................
‫ﻭﺍژﻩﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
................................................ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Aluminum................................................... ‫ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ‬
Aluminum alloy anodes......................................
....................................... ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺩﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ‬
Aluminum, titanium ......................... ‫ ﺗﻴﺘﺎﻧﻴﻮﻡ‬،‫ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ‬
Amenity aspects ................................. ‫ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻲ‬
Amenity-oriented seawall...... ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻜﺮﺩ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Amplitude amplification factor .. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ‬
Anchor chain type mooring buoy .......................
............................................. ‫ﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻱ‬
Anchorage work ..................................... ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Ancillary facilities ...............................‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
Ancillary works ........................... ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
Angle of friction between backfilling material&
backface wall ......................................................
.................. ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺸﺖﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
Angle of friction of the wall .......... ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
Angle of internal friction ..............‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
Angle of repose ................................ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
Apparent cohesion ............................ ‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
Apparent seismic coefficient ......... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
Approaching energy ....................... ‫ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
Approaching speeds ...................... ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
Approximate lowest water level .........................
................................................. ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
Apron ............................................................ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ‬
Arcs ................................................................ ‫ﻗﻮﺱ‬
Area of improvement.......................... ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ‬
Armor layer ...................................... (‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )ﺣﻔﺎﻅ‬
Armor stones ..............................(‫ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻣﻮﺭ )ﺣﻔﺎﻅ‬
Artificial dune................................ ‫ﺗﭙﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
Asphalt concrete for pavement ...........................
........................................... ‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
Asphalt mats ........................................‫ﻛﺮﺑﺎﺱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
Asphalt pavement ...............................‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
Asphalt stabilization ................................‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
Assignment of traffic volume to various routes
......................... ‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
Astronomical tides............ ‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ )ﻳﺎ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺪ( ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ‬
Atmospheric pressure ................................. ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
Availability of construction materials ................
.......................................... ‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯ‬
Average color rendering performance evaluation
number ........................................ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
Average degree of consolidation ... ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Axial bearing capacity of piles ...........................
............................................ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎ‬
Axial compressive stress ............... ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬
Axial spring constant of pile head ......................
............................................. ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻨﺮﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Axial tensile stress........................ ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ‬
B
Backfill ......................................................... ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬
Backfilling materials ............................ ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬
Backfilling stones ............................ ‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬
Backshore ............................................... ‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ‬
Bar type beach ................................. ‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺸﺘﻪﺍﻱ‬
Barricades....................................................... ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ‬
Base course material ................... ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺩﺭﺷﺘﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
Basic cross section ........................... ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
Basins .......................................................... ‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ‬
Bathymetry measurement....................... ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ‬
Bay characteristics .................... ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
Bay entrance correction factor ...........................
....................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
Beach deformation ........................... ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
Beach erosion ...................................... ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
Bead................................................................ ‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬
Beam method ............................................. ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻴﺮ‬
Bearing capacity ................................... ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬
Bearing capacity coefficient ......... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬
Bearing capacity factors .............. ‫ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬
Bearing piles............................................‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺍﺗﻜﺎﻳﻲ‬
Bearing stress .....................................‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
Bedload ....................................................... ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
Bedrock acceleration ............... ‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
Bending compressive stress ........... ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻤﺶ‬
Bending failure ................................. ‫ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ‬
Bending tensile stress ..................... ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺧﻤﺶ‬
Berm ....................................................... ‫ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
Berm width of the mound.......... ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ‬
Berth configuration factor ........ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
Berthing energy .................................. ‫ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
Berthing force.................................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
Berthing velocity ............................... ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
Berths ........................................................ ‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
Bilge keels ......... ‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
Bitts ....................................................... ‫ﻗﻼﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ‬
378
Bituminous materials ............................. ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬
Blast furnace........................................ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﻩ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺁﻫﻦ‬
Blast furnace slag ........................ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﺭﻩ ﺁﻫﻦﮔﺪﺍﺯﻱ‬
Block coefficient .................................. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﺍﻓﺖ‬
Block failure .......................................‫ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ‬
Block type improvement ............ ‫ﺑﻬﺴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ‬
Blown asphalt ............................................ ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ‬
Boat houses ..................................... ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻳﻖ‬
Boat racks ............................................ ‫ﻗﻔﺴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻳﻖ‬
Boat yards ................................... ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻳﻖ‬
Bollard .......................................................... ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ‬
Bore type tsunami ........................... ‫ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺗﻨﺪ‬
Bottom reaction .................................. ‫ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻒ‬
Bottom slab ................................................. ‫ﺩﺍﻝ ﻛﻒ‬
Bottom slope ............................................. ‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﻛﻒ‬
Bow and stern side ............................ ‫ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
Box shear test .................................. ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
Breaker index ..................................... ‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
Breaker line ............................................ ‫ﺧﻂ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
Breaker zone.......................................... ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
Breaking ...................................................... ‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
Breaking point ....................................... ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
Breaking strength ............................ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ‬
Breaking wave force ...................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Breaking wave height ................ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
Breakwater ................................................ ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
Breakwater alignment .........................‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
Breakwater head ................................... ‫ﭘﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
Breakwater trunk .................................. ‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
Breakwaters with wide footing .. ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ‬
Buoyancy .................................................... ‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬
Buoys ............................................................ ‫ﺑﻮﻳﻪﻫﺎ‬
C
Caisson breakwaters ..................... ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﺍﻱ‬
Caisson type composite breakwater ...................
........................................... ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﺍﻱ‬
Caisson type dolphins .................. ‫ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﺍﻱ‬
Caisson type quaywalls ........... ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﺍﻱ‬
Caisson type upright breakwater ........................
............................................. ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﺍﻱ‬
Calculation of deformation moment ..................
.............................................‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Calculation of time-settlement relationship .......
 379
............................................... ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬-‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‬
Calmness ..................................................... ‫ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ‬
Cantilever sheet pile wall ...... ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﭙﺮ ﻃﺮﻩﺍﻱ‬
Canvas sheets ..................................... ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺑﺎﺱ‬
Car parks ........................................... ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ‬
Cargo handling ...................................... ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
Cargo handling equipment ......... ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
Cargo handling equipment load..........................
................................................. ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
Cargo ship ............................................... ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ‬
Cargo sorting area ..................... ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
Cast steel ...................................... ‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Cast-in-place concrete ................................ ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎ‬
Cast-in-place concrete piles with outer casing ...
............................................ ‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
Catenary line ............................................ ‫ﺧﻂ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ‬
Catenary mooring ............................. ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﻩ‬
Catenary theory .............................‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ‬
Cathodic protection method .......... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺗﺪﻱ‬
Ceiling slab ................................................ ‫ﺩﺍﻝ ﺳﻘﻒ‬
Celerity ........................................... ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Cellular .............................................. (‫ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ )ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
Cellular blocks ....................................... ‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ‬
Cellular concrete blocks ................... ‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ‬
Cellular-bulkhead ....................................‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ‬
Cellular-bulkhead type quaywalls . ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ‬
Cement concrete pavement ................... ‫ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
Cement-based hardeners..... ‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
Cement-mixed soils ................‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
Center of buoyancy ............................... ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬
Center of gravity ....................................... ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ‬
Characteristic embedded length ... ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
Characteristic values............................‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
Chart datum level (CDL) .................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
Circular arc analysis ................. ‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ‬
Circular slip ......................................... ‫ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻭﻱ‬
Circular slip failure .................... ‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻭﻱ‬
Clayey ground ................................ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺳﻲ‬
Clearance limit ..................................... ‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
Clinker ash .......................................... ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻨﻜﺮ‬
Club houses ....................................... ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﮕﺎﻩ‬
Coal ash ......................................... ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
Coal storage yards ...............‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻭﺍژﻩﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
Coarse sand ......................................... ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ‬
Coastal erosion control .............. ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Coating materials ................................. ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ‬
Coating method ..............................‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
Coefficient of consolidation ................ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
Coefficient of earth pressure ........... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
Coefficient of friction ....................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬
Coefficient of horizontal subgrade reaction .......
............................................ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
Coefficient of lateral subgrade reaction .............
........................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
Coefficient of linear thermal elongation.............
.......................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻄﻲﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ‬
Coefficient of permeability ............. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
Coefficient of secondary compression ...............
.........................................................‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
Coefficient of stress distribution ..... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﻨﺶ‬
Coefficient of volume compressibility ...............
.......................................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
Cohesion of soil ................................. ‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
Cohesive materials .............................. ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﻩ‬
Cohesive resistance ..........................‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
Collision force ..................................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
Collision load ...........................................‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
Compensation currents ..............‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Composite (hybrid) type ................ (‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ )ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
Composite breakwater ....................... ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
Composite resin mats .............. ‫ﻛﺮﺑﺎﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
Composite seismic angle ............... ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
Composite slabs................................... ‫ﺩﺍﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
Compressibility properties ........ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
Compression frequency-dependent characteristics
...................................... ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ‬
Compression index ...................... ‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ( ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ‬
Compression strength ......................... ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬
Concave corners ...........................(‫ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻭ )ﻣﻘﻌﺮ‬
Concentrated corrosion ...................... ‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
Concrete (reinforced concrete, prestressed
concrete) ............................. (‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬،‫ﺑﺘﻦ )ﺑﺘﻦﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
Concrete aggregate ................................ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
Concrete block pavement ................ ‫ﻛﻔﭙﻮﺵ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
Concrete blocks ........................ ‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ )ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ( ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
Concrete crown........................................... ‫ﺗﺎﺝ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
Concrete lid ........................................... ‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Concrete pavement ................................ ‫ﻛﻔﭙﻮﺵ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
Concrete wall anchorage ..................‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ‬
Confining pressure .............................. ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ‬
Consolidation characteristics........... ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
Consolidation properties .................. ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
Consolidation rate ................................ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
Consolidation settlement ................... ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ‬
Consolidation tests .............................. ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
Consolidation yield stress................ ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
Constant of lateral resistance of ground .............
.................................................. ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
Construction conditions ........................ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Construction cost ...................................‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Construction joints .................................. ‫ﺩﺭﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
Construction method .............................. ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Construction period ................................. ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Construction works .............................. ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Container cranes ............................... ‫ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ‬
Container freight station ............... ‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺍﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ‬
Container ships .................................. ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ‬
Container terminals ............................... ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ‬
Container yard .......................... ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ‬
Continuity of sediment flux .......... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬
Converged embedded length .... ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﮕﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Coping ..................................................... ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
Copper granulated blast furnace slag .................
................................................. ‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﺲ‬
Corrected peak bedrock acceleration .................
..................................... ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
Correction factor ............................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ‬
Correction factor for scattered strength..............
................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
Corrosion control ............................... ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
Corrosion rate .................................... ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
Counterballast ......................................... ‫ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
Coupled piles ............................................ ‫ﺯﻭﺝ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Coupled-pile anchorage .................... ‫ﺯﻭﺝ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ‬
Covering ...................................................... ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
Covering of main reinforcements .......................
.................................................. ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
Covering works ........................... ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
Crack widths ........................................... ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﻙ‬
Cracking ...............................................‫ﺗﺮﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
Crashed concrete .................................. ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺧﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
380
Creep ............................................................. ‫ﺧﺰﺵ‬
Creep characteristics ....................... ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺰﺵ‬
Crest elevation ............................................ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺝ‬
Cross-shore sediment transport ..........................
..................................... ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
Crown height ............................................ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ‬
Cruiser .................................... ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
Curbing ................................................... ‫ﺣﻔﺎﻅﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
Current drag force ......................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current efficiency ................................. ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current force ........................................ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current pressure coefficient ........... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current pressure force .................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Current velocity.....................................‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Curtain wall breakwater ............ ‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ‬
Cut and cover tunnels ............... ‫ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
Cyclic triaxial test ................‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻴﻚ‬
Cylindrical failure surface ...... ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
Cylindrical members .........................‫ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
Cylindrical structures ....................‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
D
Damage rate, damage level, relative damage .....
..................................... ‫ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬،‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ‬،‫ﻧﺮﺥ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ‬
Damage ratio ......................................... ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ‬
Damping constant ...................................‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
Damping factor .................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
Datum level ................................................ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ‬
Datum level for construction work.....................
.............................................. ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
Deadweight .............................................. ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬
Deadweight tons (dwt) ............... ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻦ‬
Deck slab .................................................. ‫ﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‬
Deep foundations ..................................... ‫ﭘﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
Deep mixing (dm) machine .......... ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
Deep mixing method ..................... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
Deepwater wave energy flux ‫ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
Deepwater wave steepness ........ ‫ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
Deepwater waves ........................... ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
Deflection ................................................ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Deflection curve equation ....... ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Deflection curve method .......... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Deformation level ............................. ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Deformation modulus ...................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
 381
Deformation moment ........................ ‫ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Deformation resistance coefficient .....................
........................................‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Deformed concrete caisson type breakwater ......
............................. ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
Degree of corrosion ............................ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
Degree of importance ............................ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
Density currents .................................... ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
Design bearing capacity coefficient ...................
............................................. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design conditions ................................. ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design lifetime .......................................‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design load ............................................... ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design luminous flux maintenance factor .........
................................. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
Design method ...................................... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design of lighting .................................... ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
Design seismic coefficient.............. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design significant wave height ..........................
............................................... ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design standard traffic volume ..........................
............................................ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design tide level .......................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design traffic volume .................. ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design vehicle ................................ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design water depth ............................ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design water level ............................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design waves ......................................... ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Design wind velocity ....................... ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
Detached break-water ................ ‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺷﻜﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
Detached pier ................................. ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
Detailed design ........................ (‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ )ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
Deviation .....................................................‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ‬
Diagonal reinforcement ........................‫ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ‬
Differential settlement ....................... ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ‬
Diffracted wave ..................................‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
Diffraction ..................................................... ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
Diffraction coefficient ........................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
Diffraction diagrams .......................... ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
Diffraction force .................................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ‬
Dimensions of target vessel ................ ‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
Dinghy ................................................... ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺎﻧﻲ‬
Directional spectrum ........................... ‫ﻃﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
Directional spreading function ... ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍژﻩﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
Directional spreading method . ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
Directional spreading parameter.........................
.................................................‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
Dislodging ................................................ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
Displacement - energy curve ... ‫ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ‬-‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
Displacement tonnage (DT) ........... ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Dissipation volume ........................... ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‬
Distribution functions ..............................‫ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
Distribution of intensity of illumination .............
............................................................. ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
Diurnal tide ............................................. ‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬
Semi-diurnal tide ................................ ‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ‬
Divergent waves ...................................... ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﮔﺮﺍ‬
Dolphin ........................................ (‫ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻦ )ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ‬
Dolphin mooring ................................. ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻨﻲ‬
Double sheet pile quaywall ........‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ‬
Double-buoy mooring ......................... ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻮﻳﻪ‬
Downdrift ............................................... ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
Drag coefficient ....................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎ‬
Drag force ................................................. ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﺴﺎ‬
Drain pile diameter .......................... ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ‬
Drain piles ........................................ ‫ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ‬
Drainage distance ............................... ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬
Drainage facilities............................. ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ‬
Dredged soil ................................... ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Dredged spoils ............................. ‫ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻻﻳﺮﻭﺑﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Drift force coefficient ................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺸﻲ‬
Driven depth of cell shell .......‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﻮﺑﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ‬
Drying shrinkage ............ ‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
Dynamic modulus of deformation ......................
................................................‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
Dynamic penetration resistance... ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
Dynamic properties ...................... ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
Dynamic water pressure .................. ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
E
Earth .............................................................. ‫ﺧﺎﻙ‬
Earth pressure .......................................... ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
Earth retaining section ......................‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
Earth-retaining structure .................... ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
Earthquake load .......................................... ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
Earthquake-resistance performance....................
................................................ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
Ebb tide .......................................................... ‫ﺟﺰﺭ‬
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Eccentric and inclined load ..... ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞ‬
Eccentric distance .......................... ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
Eccentricity factor .................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺖ‬
Economical design ............................‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
Effective buckling length ................ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻛﻤﺎﻧﺶ‬
Effective diameter ..................................... ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
Effective fetch length ................. ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
Effective grain size ..............................‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
Effective harbor entrance width .........................
................................................. ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
Effective overburden pressure...... ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
Effective surcharge pressure ............. ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
Effective voltage ...................................... ‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
Effective weight .........................................‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
Elastic beam analysis method . ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ‬
Elastic constants .............................. ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ‬
Electrical cone test ............ ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
Electrical static cone penetration test .................
...................................... ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
Embedded length.................................... ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ‬
Embedment length ........................ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬
Encounter probability ........................... ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ‬
End bearing area .............................. ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
End protection ....................... ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﺯﻱ‬
Energy loss ............................................ ‫ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ‬
Environmental conditions ................... ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
Epicenter ................................................. ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
Epoxy resin coated reinforcements ....................
........................................ ‫ﺁﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
Equivalent .................................................... ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
Equivalent beam method .....................‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
Equivalent crown height coefficient ..................
.................................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
Equivalent deepwater wave height.....................
............................................ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
Equivalent n-value ............................. ‫ ﻋﺪﺩ‬n ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
Equivalent relative velocity ........... ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
Equivalent wall height...................... ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
Equivalent wall width ...................... ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
Equivalent width of wall ................. ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
Equivalent-thickness method .......‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
Erosion area of cross section .............................
............................................. ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
Estuarine hydraulic phenomena ... ‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬
382
Estuarine hydraulics ........................... ‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‬
Evaluation ................................. ‫ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ‬،‫ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
Excess pore water pressure ....... ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﺮﺍﺕ‬
Expected sliding distance .......... ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬
External stability ................................ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
F
Facilities for passenger boarding .......................
................................................. ‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ‬
Facility to trap the sediment . ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
Factor for effective cross-sectional area.............
................................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
Fatigue failure ....................... ‫ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
Fatigue limit state ........................... ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
Fatigue strength ................................. ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
Fault distance ...................................... ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﻞ‬
Fender reaction ............................. ‫ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬
Fender reaction force............ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬
Fenders ...................................................... ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬
Ferries.................................................... ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻱ‬
Ferronickel granulated slag ... ‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Ferry terminals .......................... ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻱ‬
Fetch .......................................................‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
Fetch length ......................................‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ‬
Fiber reinforced plastic (frp) ..............................
..............................................‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬
Field measurement ........................... ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬
Field welding ....................................‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ‬
Fillet welding ........................................ ‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻱ‬
Filter sheet ............................................ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬
Final consolidation settlement....... ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ‬
Finite amplitude wave ................... ‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
Finite amplitude wave theory . ‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
Finite element analysis ....................‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
Finite multilayered ......................... ‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
Finite water depth .............................. ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
Firefighting equipment ..................‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻃﻔﺎ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
Fixed earth support method............... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﺎﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭ‬
Fixed type ................................................ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭ‬
Fixing length ....................................... ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﮔﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
Flexibility number ............................ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
Floating body .......................................... ‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
Floating breakwater.............................‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
Floating bridges ......................................... ‫ﭘﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
 383
Floating pier ........................................... ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
Floating structures ............................... ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
Floating type .............................................. ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
Flocculation ............................................. ‫ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
Flood tide ..........................................................‫ﻣﺪ‬
Floor slab ................................................... ‫ﺩﺍﻝ ﻛﻒ‬
Flow velocity parameter ............... ‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Fluid mud .................................................‫ﻟﺠﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‬
Fluid mud layer .................................. ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﺠﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‬
Fluorescent sand tracers ......... ‫ﺭﺩﻳﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺳﻨﺖ‬
Flux method .............................................. ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﺎﺭ‬
Fly ash .................................................. ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ‬
Foam treated soil ....................... ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ‬
Foot protection block.............. ‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ( ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ‬
Footing............................................................‫ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ‬
Footway live load ............................... ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩﺭﻭ‬
Forced displacement method ...... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
Foreshore .............................................. ‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ‬
Forged steel ....................................‫ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Foundation ground ..................................... ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﭘﻲ‬
Foundations ............................................. (‫ﭘﻲ )ﺷﺎﻟﻮﺩﻩ‬
Free earth support method ............... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﺎﻱ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ‬
Frequency .......................................... ‫ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‬،‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬
Frequency spectrum .............................. ‫ﻃﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬
Frequency spectrum of wind velocity ................
....................................................‫ﻃﻴﻒ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
Friction coefficient ............................ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬
Friction drag ........................................... ‫ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ‬
Friction increasing mats ...‫ﻛﺮﺑﺎﺱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬
Friction piles ...................................‫ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ‬
Frictional resistance ......................... ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ‬
Front toe reaction force .... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ‬
Fueling and electric power supply facilities .......
.............................. ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
Fully plastic state moment ............. ‫ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
G
Gate supports .................................. ‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ‬
Gates ..............................................................‫ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪ‬
Generated electricity flux ............ ‫ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻱ‬
Geometrical moment of inertia... ‫ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
Geostrophic wind .......................‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺟﻮ‬
Geotechnical conditions ................... ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ژﺋﻮﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ‬
Glare ................................................... ‫ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍژﻩﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
Global warming ............................. ‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
Gradient winds ..................................... ‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
Grain size characteristics ..............‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﻩ‬
Grain size distribution curve ...... ‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﻩ‬
Granulated blast furnace slag .............................
........................................ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﺭﻩ ﺁﻫﻦﮔﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Gravity type quaywalls ................ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬
Gravity type structure ............................... ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺯﻧﻲ‬
Grid ............................................................... ‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬
Groin........................................................... ‫ﺁﺏﺷﻜﻦ‬
Gross tonnage ..................................... ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
Groundwater level ............................. ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
Group velocity ........................................ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‬
Grouting material ......................... ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺩﻭﻏﺎﺏ‬
Gust factor ............................................. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻨﺪﺑﺎﺩ‬
H
Handicapped people ............................... ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻝ‬
Handrails ................................................‫ﻧﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
Harbor .......................................................... ‫ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
Harbor entrance ....................................... ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‬
Haunch ....................................................... ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﭽﻪ‬
Hazardous cargoes ........................... ‫ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ‬
Headed studs ............................................... ‫ﮔﻞ ﻣﻴﺦ‬
Heaving ............................................ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ‬
Heliports .............................................. ‫ﻓﺮﻭﺩﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﮕﺮﺩ‬
High crested upright wall .................... ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
High seismic resistant structures ........................
................................................ ‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻟﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
High water of ordinary spring tides ....................
........................................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
High-density blocks ............... ‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ )ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ( ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
High-fluidity concrete ....................... ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
High-speed ferry ................................. ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﭘﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
Highest one-tenth wave ....‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻫﻚ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
Highest one-tenth wave height ..........................
....................................‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﻫﻚ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
Highest wave ....................................... ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Highest wave height ..................... ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Highly flowable concrete ................... ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‬
Hinterland ........................... (‫ﭘﺲ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪ )ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
Holding powers .................................. ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Hooks ........................................................... ‫ﻗﻼﺏ‬
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Horizontal coefficient of consolidation ..............
........................................................ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
Horizontal force ...................................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
Horizontal seismic coefficient.......... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
Horizontal shear modulus ................. ‫ﻣﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
Horizontal slit ......................................... ‫ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
Horizontal tension .................................. ‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
HWL........................................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬
Hwost ............................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
Hybrid caissons .............................. ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
Hydraulic gradient ............................ ‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
Hydraulic model experiments ............................
.............................................. ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
Hydraulic radius ............................... ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
Hydrostatic pressure ............ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ )ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ( ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
Hyperbolic wave .................................... ‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻫﺬﻟﻮﻟﻲ‬
I
Illumination intensity calculation method ..........
.............................................. ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
Immediate settlement ..............................‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻲ‬
Impact load ............................................ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻱ‬
Impact velocity ......................................‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
Impact wave force ............................ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Impermeable type .................................‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
Importance factor ................................ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
Impulsive breaking wave force .........................
.......................................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
Impulsive pressure ................................... ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
Impulsive uplift ........................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
Impulsive wave breaking force .........................
.................................................. ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Impulsive wave pressure .....................‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
In-situ tests ....................................... ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺎ‬
Incident wave height ..................... ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬
Incident waves .................................... ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬
Increase factor ..................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
Indoor lighting .............................. ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
Inertia coefficient ................................ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ‬
Inertia force .......................................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺳﻲ‬
Infiltration ............................................... ‫ ﻧﺸﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬
Infiltration of sediment ........................... ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬
Inorganic lining ................................... ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﺁﻟﻲ‬
Inshore .................................... ‫ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬،‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
384
Inspection .................................... ‫ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‬
Installation depth .....................................‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
Integrity of concrete blocks ....... ‫ﺳﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
Intensity of rainfall ................................. ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ‬
Intensity of wave pressure ...................‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Intermediate soil .................................... ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ‬
Internal friction angle ................... ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
Internal water pressure ........................ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
International marine chart datum .......................
.............................................. ‫ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬
Irregular wave ........................................ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
J
Jetty .................................... ‫ ﺩﺳﺘﻚ‬،‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
Joint board ............................................. ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺯ‬
Joint sealing materials ............................ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ‬
Joints ........................................................ ‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬،‫ﺩﺭﺯ‬
K
Keel ............................................................ ‫ﺗﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬
L
L-shaped member .................................. ‫ ﻋﻀﻮ‬l ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Landfill ......................................................... ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬
Landfill material ................................... ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬
Lane ................................................. ‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺧﻂ‬،‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬
Large isolated structures ...................‫ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﺠﻴﻢ‬
Lat ................................................... ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ‬
Latent hydraulic property ..... ‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
Lateral axial spring constant of pile head...........
............................................... ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻨﺮﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Lateral bearing capacity ...............‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
Lateral displacement ........................‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
Lateral flows .......................................... ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
Lateral loading tests ..................‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
Lateral resistance of piles .............. ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Lateral strength .................................... ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
Layer equivalency factor .............. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﻢﺍﺭﺯﻱ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
Layout of breakwaters ..................... ‫ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬
Levee ........................................................... ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬
Level crossings ............................................. ‫ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
Life cycle cost ....................................‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
Lifesaving facilities ..................... ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻏﺮﻳﻖ‬
Lifetime .....................................................‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‬
 385
Lift coefficient ......................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮﺁ‬
Lift force ................................................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺁ‬
Lighthouse ........................................... ‫ﻓﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬
Lighting facilities ............................ ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
Lightweight aggregate concrete ............. ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺒﻜﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬
Lightweight treated soil .............. ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﻚ‬
Limit state ............................................... ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺪﻱ‬
Limit state design method ....... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺪﻱ‬
Line load .................................................... ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
Liquefaction .............................................. ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
Littoral drift .................................. ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Live load ..................................................... ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
Load - settlement curve .................. ‫ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‬-‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
Load and pile head displacement curve..............
..........................................‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Load carrying capacity design method ...............
.............................................. ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ‬
Load factor ............................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
Load inclination ratio ......................... ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
Loading arms .....................................‫ﺩﺳﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
Loading tests .....................................‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
Local buckling ................................... ‫ﻛﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬
Lock ............................................ ‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
Longitudinal bending moment ........‫ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
Longitudinal construction joints .. ‫ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
Longitudinal slope .................................. ‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
Longshore currents ........ (‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ )ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
Longshore sediment transport ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
Low water level ...........................................‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺭ‬
Low water of ordinary spring tides ....................
........................................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
Lowest astronomical tide................. ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻲ‬
Luni-solar diurnal tide ........‫ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪﻱ‬-‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ‬
Lunar syzygy .................................. ‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ‬
LWL ......................................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬
Lwost ................................. ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
M Neap tide .................................................... ‫ﻛﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪ‬
Mach-stem waves ............................... ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺎﺥ‬
Maintenance ..................................... ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Maintenance shop ...................... ‫ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Marinas ............................................ ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻲ‬
Mast height .............................................. ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻛﻞ‬
Material factor ...................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍژﻩﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
Maximum scouring depth......... ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
Mean adhesion.................................. ‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
Mean high water level (MHWL) ........‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺪ‬
Mean low water level (MLWL) ........ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺟﺰﺭ‬
Mean monthly-highest water level .....................
.................................................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬
Mean monthly-lowest water level ......................
................................................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻧﻪ‬
Mean sea level (MSL) ....................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
Mean water level ............................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺁﺏ‬
Mega-float ....................................‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
Metacenter ............................................... ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
Model experiments ............................‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ‬
Modulus of elasticity .......................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ‬
Modulus of subgrade reaction .. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
Moored vessel......................................‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Mooring / unmooring basin ........ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ‬/‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Mooring anchor ......................................... ‫ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Mooring buoy ............................................ ‫ﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Mooring chain .......................................... ‫ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Mooring equipment .............................. ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Mooring facilities .......... ‫ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬،‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Mooring pile .............................................. ‫ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Mooring post ............................................ ‫ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Mooring ring.............................................. ‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Mooring rope ............................................ ‫ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Motorboat .............................................. ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ‬
Mound materials ..................................... ‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ‬
Multi-storied storage facilities... ‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
Multiple low fences ................... ‫ﺣﻔﺎﻅﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
N
N-th moment of the wave spectrum ...................
‫ﻣﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ‬n ‫ﺍﻡ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
N-type scouring .............................. ‫ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ‬n
Nautical charts .................................. ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬
Navigation aids ..................................... ‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻧﺎﻭﺑﺮﻱ‬
Nearly highest high water level (NHHWL) .......
.............................................. ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
Negative skin friction ................... ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
Negative uplift pressure ................ ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬
O
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Open-type wharf ............. ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
Organic lining ..........................................‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺁﻟﻲ‬
Original sea bottom depth ............. ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
Outdoor lighting .............................‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
Overburden pressure ......................... ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬
Overtopping ................................................ ‫ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ‬
Overturning ................................................. ‫ﻭﺍژﮔﻮﻧﻲ‬
P Principal solar semi-diurnal tide ........................
Parapet retreating type seawall...........................
........................................ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
Parapet ................................. ‫ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ‬،‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ‬
Parking lots ................................................ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ‬
Partial safety factors ....................... ‫ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ‬
Particle density ........................................ ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺫﺭﻩ‬
Particle size distribution .................... ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ‬
Passageways ............................................... ‫ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭﻫﺎ‬
Passenger building ........................... ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ‬
Passenger ship .................................. ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮﻱ‬
Passenger terminals ............................ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮﻱ‬
Passive earth pressure ....................... ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ‬
Penetration depth....................................... ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬
Perforated wall .................................... ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﺩﺍﺭ‬
Perforated-wall caisson ......................................
.............................. (‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥﺩﺍﺭ )ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‬
Permanent load .......................................... ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ‬
Pile .................................................................‫ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Pile breakwater .................................. ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺷﻤﻌﻲ‬
Pile foundation .......................................... ‫ﭘﻲ ﺷﻤﻌﻲ‬
Pile group ..................................................‫ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Pile head displacement ...................‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Pipeline ....................................................... ‫ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
Pitching ................................................. ‫ﻏﻠﺘﺶ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
Plain concrete ............................ ‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬،‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
Planar slip surface ......................... ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ‬
Plantation works ......................... ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ‬
Plastic sectional modulus .......... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
Plastic-board drain ..................... ‫ﺯﻫﻜﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
Plate load test ........................... ‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Pleasure boats .................................. ‫ﻗﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻲ‬
Plunging breakers ...............................‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻳﺰ‬
Pneumatic fenders ............................... ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻱ‬
Poisson’s ratio .....................................‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ‬
Pontoon ........................................................ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺘﻮﻥ‬
386
Porous caisson .................................. ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬
Port traffic facilities..................... ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‬
Prestressed concrete ............................. ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﺗﻨﻴﺪﻩ‬
Primary consolidation .............................‫ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
Principal direction .................... ‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
Principal lunar diurnal tide ........‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
Principal lunar semi-diurnal tide ........................
.............................................. ‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
.................................................‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪﻱ‬
Probability density function ............ ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
Progressive waves ............................. ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ‬
Protective facilities ......................... ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
Prototype design ............................... ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
Punching shear ................................. ‫ﺑﺮﺵ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Pure car carriers.......................... ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‬
Pushing-in bearing capacity of pile ....................
................................................ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻛﻮﺑﺶ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Q
Quay sheds ......................................... ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ‬
Quaywalls.............................................. ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ‬
R
Radius of gyration .............................. ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ژﻳﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ‬
Rail-type traveling cargo handling equipment ...
............................................... ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﻳﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
Reaction forces .............................. ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻜﺲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
Ready-mixed concrete ............................... ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬
Reclamation revetments .....................................
.................................. ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
Reef ................................................. ‫ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﺁﺑﺴﻨﮓ‬
Reflected waves ............... ‫ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬،‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺑﻲ‬
Reflection ........................................... ‫ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ‬،‫ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‬
Reflector sheet .............. ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺑﻨﺪﻩ‬،‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻲ‬
Refraction ...................................................... ‫ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ‬
Regional seismic coefficient ....... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺍﻱ‬
Reinforced concrete ................................. ‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
Reinforced concrete piles (RC piles) .................
........................................................ ‫ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ‬
Relieving platform ............................... ‫ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
Residual displacement ......................‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
Residual water level ...........................‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
Residual water pressure ................... ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
Restoring force ..................................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
 387 ‫ﻭﺍژﻩﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

Return period ........................................ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ‬ Shoaling coefficient .............................. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺰﺵ‬
Revetment ........................................ ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻨﮓﭼﻴﻦ‬ Side thrusters .................................... ‫ﺳﻜﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
Rip currents ................................... ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬ Significant wave ........................................‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬
River mouth .......................................... ‫ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬ Signs or notices ............................... ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
Roll-on roll-off ships ........................ ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭ ﺭﻭ‬ Siltation .................................................‫ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
Rolling .................................................. ‫ﻏﻠﺘﺶ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬ Single pile .................................................. ‫ﺗﻚ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
Rubber ........................................................ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬ Single-buoy mooring ......................... ‫ﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻚ‬
Rubble mound .................................. ‫ﭘﺸﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩﺍﻱ‬ Sinker and anchor chain type mooring buoys ....
Rubble mound breakwater ........... ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩﺍﻱ‬ ...................................... ‫ﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻱ‬
Rubble mound foundation .................. ‫ﭘﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩﺍﻱ‬ Sinker type mooring buoy ......... ‫ﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺯﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
Rubble stones .......................................... ‫ﻗﻠﻮﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ‬ Sinking currents ............................ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ‬
Runup .......................................................... ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ‬ Skirt guard ...........................................‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
Slack mooring..................................... ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺴﺖ‬
S Slenderness ratio .................................. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻻﻏﺮﻱ‬
Safe nautical depth ...................... ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩﻱ‬ Sliding .......................................................... ‫ﻟﻐﺰﺵ‬
Safety factor .......................................... ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ Sliding stability ................................... ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ‬
Sand bar .................................................... ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻨﻲ‬ Slip surface ............................................ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ‬
Sand compaction pile method .‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﻤﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬ Slipway ......................................................... ‫ﺳﺮﺳﺮﻩ‬
Sand fences ........................................ ‫ﺣﻔﺎﻅﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬ Slit ................................................................ ‫ﺷﻜﺎﻑ‬
Sand filling ........................................... ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬ Sluice ............................................................ ‫ﺁﺏﮔﻴﺮ‬
Sand mastic asphalt ........................ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﻱ‬ Smear ................................................... ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ‬
Sand mat .......................................‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﺳﻪﺍﻱ‬ Splash zone ............................................ ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬
Sand ripples ................................. ‫ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬ Spring rise .............................................. ‫ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Scouring.................................................. ‫ﺁﺏ ﺷﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬ Spring tide .................................................. ‫ﻣﻬﻜﺸﻨﺪ‬
Seabed gradient .................................. ‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬ Stability ...................................................... ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
Seawalls ................................................. ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬ Standard concrete strength .......... ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
Secondary consolidation ....................... ‫ﺗﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ Standing wave ........................................... ‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ‬
Sedimentation ............................. ‫ ﺭﺳﻮﺏﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬،‫ﺗﻪﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ‬ Steel cellular-bulkhead type dolphins ................
Seep-proof screen ..........................‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺿﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ‬ ............................................ ‫ﺩﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
Seepage .................................................. ‫ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬،‫ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺵ‬ Steel plate cellular-bulkhead quaywall...............
Seiche .... ‫ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬ ...................................... ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
Seismic coefficient ................................ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬ Steel sheet pile cellular-bulkhead quaywall .......
...................................... ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﻲ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
Semi-container ships ............... ‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻱ‬
Steel sheet pile quaywall ..... ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
Semitrailer truck ....................................‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﻳﻠﺮ‬
Stiffeners ............................................... ‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
Service conditions ........................... ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
Still water level..................................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬
Serviceability limit state ............ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
Stirrups ........................................................ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺕ‬
Setting level of tie rod ................... ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ‬
Storm conditions .................................. ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ‬
Settlement .................................................... ‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‬
Storm surge ......................... ‫ ﺑﺮﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬،‫ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬
Sheet flow ............................................... ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
Storm tide .................................. ‫ ﻛﺸﻨﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬،‫ﻣﺪ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ‬
Sheet pile ......................................................... ‫ﺳﭙﺮ‬
Straight asphalt ......................................... ‫ﻗﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
Sheet pile anchorage ................... ‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﭙﺮ‬
Submerged zone ................................... ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﻕ‬
Ship waves ............................................. ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬
Subsoil ...................................................... ‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
Shoaling ........................................................ ‫ﺧﺰﺵ‬
Superstructure.................................. ‫ ﺳﺎﺯﻩ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‬
 ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬/‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬
Surcharge........................................................ ‫ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺭ‬
Surf beat ............................................... ‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ‬
Surf similarity parameter ................ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
Surf zone ............................................... ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
Surging .............................................. ‫ﭘﺲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ‬
Surging breaker ............................ ‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺧﻴﺰﺷﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Suspended sediment .............................. ‫ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ‬
Swash zone ............................................. ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬
Swaying ............................................ ‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
Swinging mooring ................................. ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‬
T W
Target vessel............................................. ‫ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻃﺮﺡ‬
Taut mooring .................................... ‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
Threshold depth of sediment movement ............
................................................... ‫ﺣﺪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
Tension leg platform (TLP)...... ‫ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
Threshold wave heights for cargo handling .......
....................... ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
Tidal currents ......... ‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻣﺪﻱ‬،‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻱ‬
Tidal zone ......................................... ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻱ‬
Tolerable damage level ............ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
Tractive force ........................................ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺶ‬
Training jetties ........... ‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺑﺮﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ‬
Transformations of waves ........................ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Transitional embedded length .......... ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﮔﺬﺭﺍ‬
Transmission ................................................... ‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
Transverse contraction joint ............ ‫ﺩﺭﺯ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
Transverse expansion joint ............... ‫ﺩﺭﺯ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
Transverse waves ................................... ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬
Trapezoidal caisson ......................... ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ ﺫﻭﺯﻧﻘﻪﺍﻱ‬
Trapped air ....................................... ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
Turning ................................ ‫ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺯﺩﻥ‬،‫ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬،‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
Turning basin ............................. ‫ﺣﻮﺿﭽﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
Typhoon .............................................‫ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ‬
U Wave trough ................................................ ‫ﻗﻌﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Ultimate bearing capacity.............. ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
Ultimate limit state ........................... ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
Ultimate load .............................................. ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
Unconfined compressive strength ......................
.............................................. ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
Updrift ........................................................ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺩﺳﺖ‬
Uplift pressure ....................................... ‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
388
Upright breakwater............................... ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬
Upright wall .............................................. ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬
Upwelling currents ......................... ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ‬
Utilization factor ............................. ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
V
Vertical breakwater ............................. ‫ﻣﻮﺝﺷﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬
Vessel berthing force .................. ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
Vessel pulling force ....................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ‬
Vortices ......................................................... ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺍﺑﻪ‬
Wall body ................................................. ‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‬
Warehouse .................................................. ‫ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻻ‬
Warning signs ..................................... ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
Waterproofness ......................................... ‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
Wave actions .............................................‫ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave breaking ....................................... ‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave chamber .. ‫ ﺍﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﻮﺝ‬،‫ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻪ‬،‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave crest ................................................... ‫ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave development ..................... ‫ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬،‫ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave diffraction ....................................... ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave direction ............................. ‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺝ‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave energy flux ................................ ‫ﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave hindcasting ................................... ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave observation .................... ‫ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺝ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave overtopping ................................. ‫ﺭﻭﮔﺬﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave reflection ........................ ‫ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave refraction ....................................... ‫ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave runup ............................................ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave setup .............................................. ‫ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave shoaling ......................................... ‫ﺧﺰﺵ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave spectrum .......................................... ‫ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave steepness ......................................... ‫ﺗﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave transformation ............................... ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave transmission .................................... ‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave velocity.......................................... ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave-absorbing block ....................... ‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave-dissipating block ................ ‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave-drift force ................................ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wave-exciting force .................... ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
Wide mound berm .................... ‫ﺳﻜﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﭘﺸﺘﻪ‬
Wind drag coefficient ........................ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺴﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
 389 ‫ﻭﺍژﻩﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

Wind drift currents ........................‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

Wind duration ................................. ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
Wind setup ....................................... ‫ﺧﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
Wind waves ....................................... ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
Wind-blown sand ................................ ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬
Windbreaks ..............................................‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﺷﻜﻦﻫﺎ‬

Y
Yawing ................................................. ‫ﺯﻳﮕﺰﺍﮔﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ‬
Yield load .................................................. ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬
Yield strength ....................................... ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬

Z
Zero-upcrossing method ...... ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Zeroth moment of the wave spectrum ................
........................................................... ‫ﻣﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ‬
Abstract

This part introduces design conditions, loads and determination method of each one. Among
them, following ones may be mentioned; Definition and force calculation of vessels, wind, waves,
tides and abnormal water levels, currents, Mooring, littoral drift, soil and water pressure,
earthquake, liquefaction and dead and live loads. Also, appendix of chapter three presents wind
properties for Persian Gulf and Oman Sea, and appendix of chapter four presents general status of
waves for Caspian Sea and Oman Sea.
 Islamic Republic of Iran
Vice presidency for Strategic Planning and Supervision

Coastal Structures
Design Manual

Part 2: Design Conditions

No. 631

Ministry of Road and Urban Development

Port and Maritime Organization
Deputy of Development and Equipping of Ports Office of Deputy for Strategic Supervision
Department of Coasts and Ports Engineering Department of Technical Affairs
http://coastseng.pmo.ir Nezamfanni.ir

2013
 ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣـﻲ ﺳـﺎﺯﻩﻫـﺎﻱ ﺳـﺎﺣﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ -‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣـﻲ ﺷـﺎﻣﻞ ﺷـﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﻓﺼـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺝ‪،‬‬

‫ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧـﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺑـﺮ ﺟﺴـﻢ ﺷـﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻧـﻪ ﺳـﺎﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧـﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻫـﺎﻱ ﻟـﺮﺯﻩﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻧﮕﺮﺍﻳـﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧــﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻫــﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺿــﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺻــﻄﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ‬

‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬